Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dtor/input
Pull input fixes from Dmitry Torokhov:
- a fix for cm109 stomping on its own control URB if it tries to toggle
buzzer immediately after userspace opens input device (found by
syzcaller)
- another fix for Raydium touchscreens that do not like splitting
command transfers
- quirks for i8042, soc_button_array, and goodix drivers to make them
work better with certain hardware.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dtor/input:
Input: goodix - add upside-down quirk for Teclast X98 Pro tablet
Input: cm109 - do not stomp on control URB
Input: i8042 - add Acer laptops to the i8042 reset list
Input: cros_ec_keyb - send 'scancodes' in addition to key events
Input: soc_button_array - add Lenovo Yoga Tablet2 1051L to the dmi_use_low_level_irq list
Input: raydium_ts_i2c - do not split tx transactions
diff --git a/.clang-format b/.clang-format
index e92e6dd..10dc5a9 100644
--- a/.clang-format
+++ b/.clang-format
@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@
- 'ax25_uid_for_each'
- '__bio_for_each_bvec'
- 'bio_for_each_bvec'
+ - 'bio_for_each_bvec_all'
- 'bio_for_each_integrity_vec'
- '__bio_for_each_segment'
- 'bio_for_each_segment'
@@ -110,6 +111,7 @@
- 'css_for_each_descendant_pre'
- 'device_for_each_child_node'
- 'dma_fence_chain_for_each'
+ - 'do_for_each_ftrace_op'
- 'drm_atomic_crtc_for_each_plane'
- 'drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane'
- 'drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane_state'
@@ -135,6 +137,7 @@
- 'for_each_active_dev_scope'
- 'for_each_active_drhd_unit'
- 'for_each_active_iommu'
+ - 'for_each_aggr_pgid'
- 'for_each_available_child_of_node'
- 'for_each_bio'
- 'for_each_board_func_rsrc'
@@ -200,11 +203,13 @@
- 'for_each_matching_node'
- 'for_each_matching_node_and_match'
- 'for_each_member'
- - 'for_each_memblock'
+ - 'for_each_mem_region'
- 'for_each_memblock_type'
- 'for_each_memcg_cache_index'
- 'for_each_mem_pfn_range'
+ - '__for_each_mem_range'
- 'for_each_mem_range'
+ - '__for_each_mem_range_rev'
- 'for_each_mem_range_rev'
- 'for_each_migratetype_order'
- 'for_each_msi_entry'
@@ -233,6 +238,7 @@
- 'for_each_node_state'
- 'for_each_node_with_cpus'
- 'for_each_node_with_property'
+ - 'for_each_nonreserved_multicast_dest_pgid'
- 'for_each_of_allnodes'
- 'for_each_of_allnodes_from'
- 'for_each_of_cpu_node'
@@ -255,6 +261,7 @@
- 'for_each_pci_dev'
- 'for_each_pci_msi_entry'
- 'for_each_pcm_streams'
+ - 'for_each_physmem_range'
- 'for_each_populated_zone'
- 'for_each_possible_cpu'
- 'for_each_present_cpu'
@@ -264,6 +271,9 @@
- 'for_each_process_thread'
- 'for_each_property_of_node'
- 'for_each_registered_fb'
+ - 'for_each_requested_gpio'
+ - 'for_each_requested_gpio_in_range'
+ - 'for_each_reserved_mem_range'
- 'for_each_reserved_mem_region'
- 'for_each_rtd_codec_dais'
- 'for_each_rtd_codec_dais_rollback'
@@ -277,12 +287,17 @@
- 'for_each_sg'
- 'for_each_sg_dma_page'
- 'for_each_sg_page'
+ - 'for_each_sgtable_dma_page'
+ - 'for_each_sgtable_dma_sg'
+ - 'for_each_sgtable_page'
+ - 'for_each_sgtable_sg'
- 'for_each_sibling_event'
- 'for_each_subelement'
- 'for_each_subelement_extid'
- 'for_each_subelement_id'
- '__for_each_thread'
- 'for_each_thread'
+ - 'for_each_unicast_dest_pgid'
- 'for_each_wakeup_source'
- 'for_each_zone'
- 'for_each_zone_zonelist'
@@ -414,6 +429,7 @@
- 'rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe'
- 'rdma_for_each_block'
- 'rdma_for_each_port'
+ - 'rdma_umem_for_each_dma_block'
- 'resource_list_for_each_entry'
- 'resource_list_for_each_entry_safe'
- 'rhl_for_each_entry_rcu'
@@ -463,6 +479,7 @@
- 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf'
- 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe'
- 'virtio_device_for_each_vq'
+ - 'while_for_each_ftrace_op'
- 'xa_for_each'
- 'xa_for_each_marked'
- 'xa_for_each_range'
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 2258e90..d01cda8 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@
*.tab.[ch]
*.tar
*.xz
+*.zst
Module.symvers
modules.builtin
modules.order
@@ -56,6 +57,7 @@
/linux
/vmlinux
/vmlinux.32
+/vmlinux.symvers
/vmlinux-gdb.py
/vmlinuz
/System.map
@@ -142,8 +144,14 @@
/allrandom.config
/allyes.config
+# Kconfig savedefconfig output
+/defconfig
+
# Kdevelop4
*.kdev4
# Clang's compilation database file
/compile_commands.json
+
+# Documentation toolchain
+sphinx_*/
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
index 4f906b4..225546c 100644
--- a/.mailmap
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -2,37 +2,47 @@
# This list is used by git-shortlog to fix a few botched name translations
# in the git archive, either because the author's full name was messed up
# and/or not always written the same way, making contributions from the
-# same person appearing not to be so or badly displayed.
+# same person appearing not to be so or badly displayed. Also allows for
+# old email addresses to map to new email addresses.
#
+# For format details, see "MAPPING AUTHORS" in "man git-shortlog".
+#
+# Please keep this list dictionary sorted.
+#
+# This comment is parsed by git-shortlog:
# repo-abbrev: /pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/
#
-
Aaron Durbin <adurbin@google.com>
Adam Oldham <oldhamca@gmail.com>
Adam Radford <aradford@gmail.com>
-Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Adriana Reus <adi.reus@gmail.com> <adriana.reus@intel.com>
+Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Alan Cox <root@hraefn.swansea.linux.org.uk>
-Aleksey Gorelov <aleksey_gorelov@phoenix.com>
Aleksandar Markovic <aleksandar.markovic@mips.com> <aleksandar.markovic@imgtec.com>
-Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> <alex.shi@intel.com>
-Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> <alex.shi@linaro.org>
+Aleksey Gorelov <aleksey_gorelov@phoenix.com>
+Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me> <alobakin@dlink.ru>
+Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me> <alobakin@marvell.com>
+Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me> <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru>
Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com> <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
-Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> <ast@plumgrid.com>
Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> <ast@fb.com>
+Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> <ast@plumgrid.com>
+Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> <alex.shi@intel.com>
+Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> <alex.shi@linaro.org>
Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk>
Al Viro <viro@zenIV.linux.org.uk>
+Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> <ak@suse.de>
Andi Shyti <andi@etezian.org> <andi.shyti@samsung.com>
Andreas Herrmann <aherrman@de.ibm.com>
-Andrey Ryabinin <ryabinin.a.a@gmail.com> <a.ryabinin@samsung.com>
Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
-Andrew Murray <amurray@thegoodpenguin.co.uk> <andrew.murray@arm.com>
Andrew Murray <amurray@thegoodpenguin.co.uk> <amurray@embedded-bits.co.uk>
+Andrew Murray <amurray@thegoodpenguin.co.uk> <andrew.murray@arm.com>
Andrew Vasquez <andrew.vasquez@qlogic.com>
+Andrey Ryabinin <ryabinin.a.a@gmail.com> <a.ryabinin@samsung.com>
Andy Adamson <andros@citi.umich.edu>
-Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
+Antoine Tenart <atenart@kernel.org> <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
+Antoine Tenart <atenart@kernel.org> <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it> <ao2@amarulasolutions.com>
Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org> <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
@@ -40,40 +50,45 @@
Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Axel Dyks <xl@xlsigned.net>
Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
-Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> <bart.vanassche@wdc.com>
Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> <bart.vanassche@sandisk.com>
+Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> <bart.vanassche@wdc.com>
Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
Ben M Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com>
Björn Steinbrink <B.Steinbrink@gmx.de>
-Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com>
-Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <b.brezillon.dev@gmail.com>
Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <b.brezillon@overkiz.com>
+Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com>
+Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Brian Avery <b.avery@hp.com>
Brian King <brking@us.ibm.com>
+Changbin Du <changbin.du@intel.com> <changbin.du@gmail.com>
+Changbin Du <changbin.du@intel.com> <changbin.du@intel.com>
Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org> <chao2.yu@samsung.com>
Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org> <yuchao0@huawei.com>
-Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Christophe Ricard <christophe.ricard@gmail.com>
+Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
Damian Hobson-Garcia <dhobsong@igel.co.jp>
-Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <dborkman@redhat.com>
-Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <dborkmann@redhat.com>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <danborkmann@googlemail.com>
Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <danborkmann@iogearbox.net>
Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <daniel.borkmann@tik.ee.ethz.ch>
-Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <danborkmann@googlemail.com>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <dborkmann@redhat.com>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <dborkman@redhat.com>
Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <dxchgb@gmail.com>
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
David Woodhouse <dwmw2@shinybook.infradead.org>
-Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@mips.com>
-Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@imgtec.com>
Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dczhu@mips.com>
Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@gmail.com>
+Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@imgtec.com>
+Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@mips.com>
<dev.kurt@vandijck-laurijssen.be> <kurt.van.dijck@eia.be>
-Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
-Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <dsafonov@virtuozzo.com>
-Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <d.safonov@partner.samsung.com>
+Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
+Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com> <[dbaryshkov@gmail.com]>
+Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com> <dmitry_baryshkov@mentor.com>
+Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com> <dmitry_eremin@mentor.com>
Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <dima@arista.com>
+Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <d.safonov@partner.samsung.com>
+Dmitry Safonov <0x7f454c46@gmail.com> <dsafonov@virtuozzo.com>
Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
Douglas Gilbert <dougg@torque.net>
Ed L. Cashin <ecashin@coraid.com>
@@ -84,51 +99,66 @@
Felix Moeller <felix@derklecks.de>
Filipe Lautert <filipe@icewall.org>
Franck Bui-Huu <vagabon.xyz@gmail.com>
-Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com> <frowand@mvista.com>
Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com> <frank.rowand@am.sony.com>
Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com> <frank.rowand@sonymobile.com>
+Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com> <frowand@mvista.com>
Frank Zago <fzago@systemfabricworks.com>
Gao Xiang <xiang@kernel.org> <gaoxiang25@huawei.com>
Gao Xiang <xiang@kernel.org> <hsiangkao@aol.com>
+Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com> <geraldsc@de.ibm.com>
+Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com> <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
+Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com> <geraldsc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@echidna.(none)>
Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>
+Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org> <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com> <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
+Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
+Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Hanjun Guo <guohanjun@huawei.com> <hanjun.guo@linaro.org>
+Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com> <h.carstens@de.ibm.com>
+Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com> <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Henk Vergonet <Henk.Vergonet@gmail.com>
Henrik Kretzschmar <henne@nachtwindheim.de>
Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@bitmath.org>
Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Jacob Shin <Jacob.Shin@amd.com>
Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> <jaegeuk@google.com>
-Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> <jaegeuk@motorola.com>
Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
+Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> <jaegeuk@motorola.com>
Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
James Bottomley <jejb@mulgrave.(none)>
James Bottomley <jejb@titanic.il.steeleye.com>
James E Wilson <wilson@specifix.com>
-James Hogan <jhogan@kernel.org> <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
James Hogan <jhogan@kernel.org> <james@albanarts.com>
+James Hogan <jhogan@kernel.org> <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
James Ketrenos <jketreno@io.(none)>
Jan Glauber <jan.glauber@gmail.com> <jang@de.ibm.com>
Jan Glauber <jan.glauber@gmail.com> <jang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Jan Glauber <jan.glauber@gmail.com> <jglauber@cavium.com>
+Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko@kernel.org> <jarkko.sakkinen@linux.intel.com>
Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca> <jgg@mellanox.com>
+Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca> <jgg@nvidia.com>
Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca> <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
-Javi Merino <javi.merino@kernel.org> <javi.merino@arm.com>
<javier@osg.samsung.com> <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
+Javi Merino <javi.merino@kernel.org> <javi.merino@arm.com>
Jayachandran C <c.jayachandran@gmail.com> <jayachandranc@netlogicmicro.com>
Jayachandran C <c.jayachandran@gmail.com> <jchandra@broadcom.com>
Jayachandran C <c.jayachandran@gmail.com> <jchandra@digeo.com>
Jayachandran C <c.jayachandran@gmail.com> <jnair@caviumnetworks.com>
-Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
<jean-philippe@linaro.org> <jean-philippe.brucker@arm.com>
+Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pretzel.yyz.us>
-Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> <jlayton@redhat.com>
Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> <jlayton@poochiereds.net>
Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> <jlayton@primarydata.com>
+Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> <jlayton@redhat.com>
Jens Axboe <axboe@suse.de>
Jens Osterkamp <Jens.Osterkamp@de.ibm.com>
+Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> <jirislaby@gmail.com>
+Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> <jslaby@novell.com>
+Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> <jslaby@suse.com>
+Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> <jslaby@suse.cz>
+Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> <xslaby@fi.muni.cz>
Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> <jhovold@gmail.com>
Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> <johan@hovoldconsulting.com>
John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
@@ -144,29 +174,38 @@
Julien Thierry <julien.thierry.kdev@gmail.com> <julien.thierry@arm.com>
Kamil Konieczny <k.konieczny@samsung.com> <k.konieczny@partner.samsung.com>
Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> <kees.cook@canonical.com>
+Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> <keescook@google.com>
+Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> <kees@outflux.net>
+Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> <kees@ubuntu.com>
Kenneth W Chen <kenneth.w.chen@intel.com>
+Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> <k.khlebnikov@samsung.com>
Koushik <raghavendra.koushik@neterion.com>
-Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> <k.kozlowski.k@gmail.com>
+Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
+Leonardo Bras <leobras.c@gmail.com> <leonardo@linux.ibm.com>
+Leonid I Ananiev <leonid.i.ananiev@intel.com>
Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> <leon@leon.nu>
Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> <leonro@mellanox.com>
-Leonid I Ananiev <leonid.i.ananiev@intel.com>
+Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> <leonro@nvidia.com>
Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
-Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue> <linus.luessing@web.de>
Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue> <linus.luessing@ascom.ch>
-Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> <leo@zh-kernel.org>
+Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue> <linus.luessing@web.de>
+<linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org> <kernel-hardening@lists.openwall.com>
Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> <leoli@freescale.com>
+Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> <leo@zh-kernel.org>
Lukasz Luba <lukasz.luba@arm.com> <l.luba@partner.samsung.com>
Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@mips.com> <macro@imgtec.com>
-Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org> <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Marcin Nowakowski <marcin.nowakowski@mips.com> <marcin.nowakowski@imgtec.com>
+Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org> <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Mark Brown <broonie@sirena.org.uk>
+Mark Starovoytov <mstarovo@pm.me> <mstarovoitov@marvell.com>
Mark Yao <markyao0591@gmail.com> <mark.yao@rock-chips.com>
-Martin Kepplinger <martink@posteo.de> <martin.kepplinger@theobroma-systems.com>
Martin Kepplinger <martink@posteo.de> <martin.kepplinger@ginzinger.com>
Martin Kepplinger <martink@posteo.de> <martin.kepplinger@puri.sm>
+Martin Kepplinger <martink@posteo.de> <martin.kepplinger@theobroma-systems.com>
Mathieu Othacehe <m.othacehe@gmail.com>
Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <matthew.r.wilcox@intel.com>
Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <matthew@wil.cx>
@@ -176,22 +215,25 @@
Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <willy@linux.intel.com>
Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <willy@parisc-linux.org>
Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
-Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@brturbo.com.br>
-Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <maurochehab@gmail.com>
-Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@infradead.org>
-Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@redhat.com>
-Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <m.chehab@samsung.com>
-Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@osg.samsung.com>
-Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
+Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> <matt@ranostay.consulting>
Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> Matthew Ranostay <mranostay@embeddedalley.com>
Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> <matt.ranostay@intel.com>
-Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> <matt@ranostay.consulting>
Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@mips.com> <matt.redfearn@imgtec.com>
+Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <maurochehab@gmail.com>
+Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@brturbo.com.br>
+Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@infradead.org>
+Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@osg.samsung.com>
+Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@redhat.com>
+Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <m.chehab@samsung.com>
+Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org> <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org> <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Mayuresh Janorkar <mayur@ti.com>
Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Michel Dänzer <michel@tungstengraphics.com>
+Mike Rapoport <rppt@kernel.org> <mike@compulab.co.il>
+Mike Rapoport <rppt@kernel.org> <mike.rapoport@gmail.com>
+Mike Rapoport <rppt@kernel.org> <rppt@linux.ibm.com>
Miodrag Dinic <miodrag.dinic@mips.com> <miodrag.dinic@imgtec.com>
Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com> <miquel.raynal@free-electrons.com>
Mitesh shah <mshah@teja.com>
@@ -215,13 +257,13 @@
Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org>
Paul Burton <paulburton@kernel.org> <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Paul Burton <paulburton@kernel.org> <paul.burton@mips.com>
+Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org> <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org> <paulmck@linux.ibm.com>
Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org> <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
-Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org> <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org> <paulmck@us.ibm.com>
Peter A Jonsson <pj@ludd.ltu.se>
-Peter Oruba <peter@oruba.de>
Peter Oruba <peter.oruba@amd.com>
+Peter Oruba <peter@oruba.de>
Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> <pratyush.anand@st.com>
Praveen BP <praveenbp@ti.com>
Punit Agrawal <punitagrawal@gmail.com> <punit.agrawal@arm.com>
@@ -234,21 +276,24 @@
Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Rémi Denis-Courmont <rdenis@simphalempin.com>
-Ricardo Ribalda Delgado <ricardo.ribalda@gmail.com>
+Ricardo Ribalda <ribalda@kernel.org> <ricardo@ribalda.com>
+Ricardo Ribalda <ribalda@kernel.org> Ricardo Ribalda Delgado <ribalda@kernel.org>
+Ricardo Ribalda <ribalda@kernel.org> <ricardo.ribalda@gmail.com>
Ross Zwisler <zwisler@kernel.org> <ross.zwisler@linux.intel.com>
Rudolf Marek <R.Marek@sh.cvut.cz>
Rui Saraiva <rmps@joel.ist.utl.pt>
Sachin P Sant <ssant@in.ibm.com>
-Sarangdhar Joshi <spjoshi@codeaurora.org>
+Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com> <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Sam Ravnborg <sam@mars.ravnborg.org>
-Santosh Shilimkar <ssantosh@kernel.org>
Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.org>
+Santosh Shilimkar <ssantosh@kernel.org>
+Sarangdhar Joshi <spjoshi@codeaurora.org>
Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr>
-Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com> <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+Sean Christopherson <seanjc@google.com> <sean.j.christopherson@intel.com>
Sean Nyekjaer <sean@geanix.com> <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
-Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> <sre@debian.org>
Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
+Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> <sre@debian.org>
Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@gmail.com> <sedat.dilek@credativ.de>
Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.linux.kernel@gmail.com> <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org> <shuahkhan@gmail.com>
@@ -259,42 +304,42 @@
Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk>
Stéphane Witzmann <stephane.witzmann@ubpmes.univ-bpclermont.fr>
Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
+Steve Wise <larrystevenwise@gmail.com> <swise@chelsio.com>
+Steve Wise <larrystevenwise@gmail.com> <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com> Sudeep KarkadaNagesha <sudeep.karkadanagesha@arm.com>
Sumit Semwal <sumit.semwal@ti.com>
+Takashi YOSHII <takashi.yoshii.zj@renesas.com>
Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Thomas Pedersen <twp@codeaurora.org>
Tiezhu Yang <yangtiezhu@loongson.cn> <kernelpatch@126.com>
Todor Tomov <todor.too@gmail.com> <todor.tomov@linaro.org>
Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
-TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> <zhongyu@18mail.cn>
TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> <triplex@zh-kernel.org>
+TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> <zhongyu@18mail.cn>
Tsuneo Yoshioka <Tsuneo.Yoshioka@f-secure.com>
+Tycho Andersen <tycho@tycho.pizza> <tycho@tycho.ws>
Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
+Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
+Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@strlen.de>
Uwe Kleine-König <ukl@pengutronix.de>
Uwe Kleine-König <Uwe.Kleine-Koenig@digi.com>
Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> <vkoul@infradead.org>
+Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org> <viresh.kumar2@arm.com>
Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org> <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org> <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
-Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org> <viresh.kumar2@arm.com>
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Vlad Dogaru <ddvlad@gmail.com> <vlad.dogaru@intel.com>
-Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> <vdavydov@parallels.com>
-Takashi YOSHII <takashi.yoshii.zj@renesas.com>
+Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
+WeiXiong Liao <gmpy.liaowx@gmail.com> <liaoweixiong@allwinnertech.com>
Will Deacon <will@kernel.org> <will.deacon@arm.com>
-Wolfram Sang <wsa@kernel.org> <wsa@the-dreams.de>
Wolfram Sang <wsa@kernel.org> <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
+Wolfram Sang <wsa@kernel.org> <wsa@the-dreams.de>
Yakir Yang <kuankuan.y@gmail.com> <ykk@rock-chips.com>
Yusuke Goda <goda.yusuke@renesas.com>
-Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
-Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
-Changbin Du <changbin.du@intel.com> <changbin.du@intel.com>
-Changbin Du <changbin.du@intel.com> <changbin.du@gmail.com>
-Steve Wise <larrystevenwise@gmail.com> <swise@chelsio.com>
-Steve Wise <larrystevenwise@gmail.com> <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 032b599..e88d1a7 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
N: Mark Adler
E: madler@alumni.caltech.edu
-W: http://alumnus.caltech.edu/~madler/
+W: https://alumnus.caltech.edu/~madler/
D: zlib decompression
N: Monalisa Agrawal
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
N: Werner Almesberger
E: werner@almesberger.net
-W: http://www.almesberger.net/
+W: https://www.almesberger.net/
D: dosfs, LILO, some fd features, ATM, various other hacks here and there
S: Buenos Aires
S: Argentina
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@
N: Erik Andersen
E: andersen@codepoet.org
-W: http://www.codepoet.org/
+W: https://www.codepoet.org/
P: 1024D/30D39057 1BC4 2742 E885 E4DE 9301 0C82 5F9B 643E 30D3 9057
-D: Maintainer of ide-cd and Uniform CD-ROM driver,
+D: Maintainer of ide-cd and Uniform CD-ROM driver,
D: ATAPI CD-Changer support, Major 2.1.x CD-ROM update.
S: 352 North 525 East
S: Springville, Utah 84663
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
N: H. Peter Anvin
E: hpa@zytor.com
-W: http://www.zytor.com/~hpa/
+W: https://www.zytor.com/~hpa/
P: 2047/2A960705 BA 03 D3 2C 14 A8 A8 BD 1E DF FE 69 EE 35 BD 74
D: Author of the SYSLINUX boot loader, maintainer of the linux.* news
D: hierarchy and the Linux Device List; various kernel hacks
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
N: Andrea Arcangeli
E: andrea@suse.de
-W: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/andrea/
+W: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/andrea/
P: 1024D/68B9CB43 13D9 8355 295F 4823 7C49 C012 DFA1 686E 68B9 CB43
P: 1024R/CB4660B9 CC A0 71 81 F4 A0 63 AC C0 4B 81 1D 8C 15 C8 E5
D: Parport hacker
@@ -191,6 +191,10 @@
E: balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu
D: Wrote SYS V IPC (part of standard kernel since 0.99.10)
+B: Robert Baldyga
+E: r.baldyga@hackerion.com
+D: Samsung S3FWRN5 NCI NFC Controller
+
N: Chris Ball
E: chris@printf.net
D: Former maintainer of the MMC/SD/SDIO subsystem.
@@ -259,7 +263,7 @@
E: pbd@op.net
D: Driver for WaveFront soundcards (Turtle Beach Maui, Tropez, Tropez+)
D: Various bugfixes and changes to sound drivers
-S: USA
+S: USA
N: Carlos Henrique Bauer
E: chbauer@acm.org
@@ -339,7 +343,7 @@
N: Johannes Berg
E: johannes@sipsolutions.net
-W: http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/
+W: https://johannes.sipsolutions.net/
P: 4096R/7BF9099A C0EB C440 F6DA 091C 884D 8532 E0F3 73F3 7BF9 099A
D: powerpc & 802.11 hacker
@@ -376,7 +380,7 @@
N: Anton Blanchard
E: anton@samba.org
-W: http://samba.org/~anton/
+W: https://samba.org/~anton/
P: 1024/8462A731 4C 55 86 34 44 59 A7 99 2B 97 88 4A 88 9A 0D 97
D: sun4 port, Sparc hacker
@@ -509,7 +513,7 @@
N: Paul Bristow
E: paul@paulbristow.net
-W: http://paulbristow.net/linux/idefloppy.html
+W: https://paulbristow.net/linux/idefloppy.html
D: Maintainer of IDE/ATAPI floppy driver
N: Stefano Brivio
@@ -518,7 +522,7 @@
N: Dominik Brodowski
E: linux@brodo.de
-W: http://www.brodo.de/
+W: https://www.brodo.de/
P: 1024D/725B37C6 190F 3E77 9C89 3B6D BECD 46EE 67C3 0308 725B 37C6
D: parts of CPUFreq code, ACPI bugfixes, PCMCIA rewrite, cpufrequtils
S: Tuebingen, Germany
@@ -736,6 +740,11 @@
S: Portland, Oregon
S: USA
+N: Jason Cooper
+D: ARM/Marvell SOC co-maintainer
+D: irqchip co-maintainer
+D: MVEBU PCI DRIVER co-maintainer
+
N: Robin Cornelius
E: robincornelius@users.sourceforge.net
D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
@@ -845,6 +854,12 @@
D: AX25-HOWTO, HAM-HOWTO, IPX-HOWTO, NET-2-HOWTO
D: ax25-utils maintainer.
+N: Kamil Debski
+E: kamil@wypas.org
+D: Samsung S5P 2D graphics acceleration and Multi Format Codec drivers
+D: Samsung USB2 phy drivers
+D: PWM fan driver
+
N: Helge Deller
E: deller@gmx.de
W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/
@@ -865,7 +880,7 @@
N: Todd J. Derr
E: tjd@fore.com
-W: http://www.wordsmith.org/~tjd
+W: https://www.wordsmith.org/~tjd
D: Random console hacks and other miscellaneous stuff
S: 3000 FORE Drive
S: Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15086
@@ -894,8 +909,8 @@
N: Matt Domsch
E: Matt_Domsch@dell.com
-W: http://www.dell.com/linux
-W: http://domsch.com/linux
+W: https://www.dell.com/linux
+W: https://domsch.com/linux
D: Linux/IA-64
D: Dell PowerEdge server, SCSI layer, misc drivers, and other patches
S: Dell Inc.
@@ -992,7 +1007,7 @@
N: Randy Dunlap
E: rdunlap@infradead.org
-W: http://www.infradead.org/~rdunlap/
+W: https://www.infradead.org/~rdunlap/
D: Linux-USB subsystem, USB core/UHCI/printer/storage drivers
D: x86 SMP, ACPI, bootflag hacking
D: documentation, builds
@@ -1157,7 +1172,7 @@
N: Jeremy Fitzhardinge
E: jeremy@goop.org
-W: http://www.goop.org/~jeremy
+W: https://www.goop.org/~jeremy
D: author of userfs filesystem
D: Improved mmap and munmap handling
D: General mm minor tidyups
@@ -1195,7 +1210,7 @@
E: dfrasnel@alphalinux.org
W: http://www.alphalinux.org/
P: 1024/3EF87611 B9 F1 44 50 D3 E8 C2 80 DA E5 55 AA 56 7C 42 DA
-D: DEC Alpha hacker
+D: DEC Alpha hacker
D: Miscellaneous bug squisher
N: Jim Freeman
@@ -1295,7 +1310,7 @@
S: New South Wales, 2121
S: Australia
-N: Carlos E. Gorges
+N: Carlos E. Gorges
E: carlos@techlinux.com.br
D: fix smp support on cmpci driver
P: 2048G/EA3C4B19 FF31 33A6 0362 4915 B7EB E541 17D0 0379 EA3C 4B19
@@ -1336,7 +1351,7 @@
E: wgreathouse@myfavoritei.com
D: Current Belkin USB Serial Adapter F5U103 hacker
D: Kernel hacker, embedded systems
-S: 7802 Fitzwater Road
+S: 7802 Fitzwater Road
S: Brecksville, OH 44141-1334
S: USA
@@ -1377,7 +1392,7 @@
E: grant@torque.net
W: http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html
D: original author of ppa driver for parallel port ZIP drive
-D: original architect of the parallel-port sharing scheme
+D: original architect of the parallel-port sharing scheme
D: PARIDE subsystem: drivers for parallel port IDE & ATAPI devices
S: 44 St. Joseph Street, Suite 506
S: Toronto, Ontario, M4Y 2W4
@@ -1460,7 +1475,7 @@
N: Oliver Hartkopp
E: oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de
-W: http://www.volkswagen.de
+W: https://www.volkswagen.de
D: Controller Area Network (network layer core)
S: Brieffach 1776
S: 38436 Wolfsburg
@@ -1519,7 +1534,7 @@
E: benh@kernel.crashing.org
D: Various parts of PPC/PPC64 & PowerMac
S: 312/107 Canberra Avenue
-S: Griffith, ACT 2603
+S: Griffith, ACT 2603
S: Australia
N: Andreas Herrmann
@@ -1599,13 +1614,13 @@
N: Kenji Hollis
E: kenji@bitgate.com
-W: http://www.bitgate.com/
+W: https://www.bitgate.com/
D: Berkshire PC Watchdog Driver
D: Small/Industrial Driver Project
N: Nick Holloway
E: Nick.Holloway@pyrites.org.uk
-W: http://www.pyrites.org.uk/
+W: https://www.pyrites.org.uk/
P: 1024/36115A04 F4E1 3384 FCFD C055 15D6 BA4C AB03 FBF8 3611 5A04
D: Occasional Linux hacker...
S: (ask for current address)
@@ -1655,7 +1670,7 @@
N: Harald Hoyer
E: harald@redhat.com
-W: http://www.harald-hoyer.de
+W: https://www.harald-hoyer.de
D: ip_masq_quake
D: md boot support
S: Am Strand 5
@@ -1821,7 +1836,7 @@
N: Bernhard Kaindl
E: bkaindl@netway.at
E: edv@bartelt.via.at
-D: Author of a menu based configuration tool, kmenu, which
+D: Author of a menu based configuration tool, kmenu, which
D: is the predecessor of 'make menuconfig' and 'make xconfig'.
D: digiboard driver update(modularisation work and 2.1.x upd)
S: Tallak 95
@@ -1856,7 +1871,7 @@
D: Author of the COSA/SRP sync serial board driver.
D: Port of the syncppp.c from the 2.0 to the 2.1 kernel.
P: 1024/D3498839 0D 99 A7 FB 20 66 05 D7 8B 35 FC DE 05 B1 8A 5E
-W: http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/
+W: https://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/
S: c/o Faculty of Informatics, Masaryk University
S: Botanicka' 68a
S: 602 00 Brno
@@ -1906,6 +1921,15 @@
S: Santa Clara, CA 95051
S: USA
+N: Kukjin Kim
+E: kgene@kernel.org
+D: Samsung S3C, S5P and Exynos ARM architectures
+
+N: Sangbeom Kim
+E: sbkim73@samsung.com
+D: Samsung SoC Audio (ASoC) drivers
+D: Samsung PMIC (RTC, regulators, MFD) drivers
+
N: Russell King
E: rmk@arm.linux.org.uk
D: Linux/arm integrator, maintainer & hacker
@@ -1942,6 +1966,10 @@
S: San Jose, California 95161-1311
S: USA
+N: Hartmut Knaack
+E: knaack.h@gmx.de
+D: IIO subsystem and drivers
+
N: Thorsten Knabe
E: Thorsten Knabe <tek@rbg.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de>
E: Thorsten Knabe <tek01@hrzpub.tu-darmstadt.de>
@@ -1999,7 +2027,7 @@
D: IP transparent proxy support
S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
S: Kruislaan 419
-S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
S: The Netherlands
N: Goran Koruga
@@ -2017,7 +2045,7 @@
N: Gene Kozin
E: 74604.152@compuserve.com
-W: http://www.sangoma.com
+W: https://www.sangoma.com
D: WAN Router & Sangoma WAN drivers
S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.
S: 7170 Warden Avenue, Unit 2
@@ -2071,7 +2099,7 @@
N: Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz
E: ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl
-D: Some 8-bit XT disk driver and devfs hacking
+D: Some 8-bit XT disk driver and devfs hacking
D: Aladdin 1533/1543(C) chipset IDE
D: PIIX chipset IDE
S: ul. Matemblewska 1B/10
@@ -2112,7 +2140,7 @@
N: Jaroslav Kysela
E: perex@perex.cz
-W: http://www.perex.cz
+W: https://www.perex.cz
D: Original Author and Maintainer for HP 10/100 Mbit Network Adapters
D: ISA PnP
S: Sindlovy Dvory 117
@@ -2316,7 +2344,7 @@
N: Daniel J. Maas
E: dmaas@dcine.com
-W: http://www.maasdigital.com
+W: https://www.maasdigital.com
D: dv1394
N: Hamish Macdonald
@@ -2446,7 +2474,7 @@
D: Logical Volume Manager
S: Bartningstr. 12
S: 64289 Darmstadt
-S: Germany
+S: Germany
N: Mark W. McClelland
E: mmcclell@bigfoot.com
@@ -2530,7 +2558,7 @@
P: 1024/04B6E8F5 6C 77 33 CA CC D6 22 03 AB AB 15 A3 AE AD 39 7D
D: Kernel hacker. PostgreSQL hacker. Software watchdog daemon.
D: Maintainer of several Debian packages
-S: Th.-Heuss-Str. 61
+S: Th.-Heuss-Str. 61
S: D-41812 Erkelenz
S: Germany
@@ -2647,7 +2675,7 @@
N: Paul Moore
E: paul@paul-moore.com
-W: http://www.paul-moore.com
+W: https://www.paul-moore.com
D: NetLabel, SELinux, audit
N: James Morris
@@ -2768,7 +2796,7 @@
W: http://www.i-Connect.Net/~mike/
D: Developer and maintainer of the EATA-DMA SCSI driver
D: Co-developer EATA-PIO SCSI driver
-D: /proc/scsi and assorted other snippets
+D: /proc/scsi and assorted other snippets
S: Zum Schiersteiner Grund 2
S: 55127 Mainz
S: Germany
@@ -2786,7 +2814,7 @@
E: niemi@tux.org
W: http://www.tux.org/~niemi/
D: Assistant maintainer of Mtools, fdutils, and floppy driver
-D: Administrator of Tux.Org Linux Server, http://www.tux.org
+D: Administrator of Tux.Org Linux Server, https://www.tux.org
S: 2364 Old Trail Drive
S: Reston, Virginia 20191
S: USA
@@ -2835,6 +2863,10 @@
N: Venkatesh Pallipadi (Venki)
D: x86/HPET
+N: Kyungmin Park
+E: kyungmin.park@samsung.com
+D: Samsung S5Pv210 and Exynos4210 mobile platforms
+
N: David Parsons
E: orc@pell.chi.il.us
D: improved memory detection code.
@@ -2850,7 +2882,7 @@
N: Mikulas Patocka
E: mikulas@artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
-W: http://artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~mikulas/
+W: https://artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~mikulas/
P: 1024/BB11D2D5 A0 F1 28 4A C4 14 1E CF 92 58 7A 8F 69 BC A4 D3
D: Read/write HPFS filesystem
S: Weissova 8
@@ -2872,7 +2904,7 @@
N: Barak A. Pearlmutter
E: bap@cs.unm.edu
-W: http://www.cs.unm.edu/~bap/
+W: https://www.cs.unm.edu/~bap/
P: 512/602D785D 9B A1 83 CD EE CB AD 93 20 C6 4C B7 F5 E9 60 D4
D: Author of mark-and-sweep GC integrated by Alan Cox
S: Computer Science Department
@@ -3002,7 +3034,7 @@
S: Chandler, Arizona 85249
S: USA
-N: Frederic Potter
+N: Frederic Potter
E: fpotter@cirpack.com
D: Some PCI kernel support
@@ -3035,7 +3067,7 @@
N: Daniel Quinlan
E: quinlan@pathname.com
-W: http://www.pathname.com/~quinlan/
+W: https://www.pathname.com/~quinlan/
D: FSSTND coordinator; FHS editor
D: random Linux documentation, patches, and hacks
S: 4390 Albany Drive #41A
@@ -3104,14 +3136,16 @@
D: Generic Z8530 driver, AX.25 DAMA slave implementation
D: Several AX.25 hacks
-N: Ricardo Ribalda Delgado
-E: ricardo.ribalda@gmail.com
+N: Ricardo Ribalda
+E: ribalda@kernel.org
W: http://ribalda.com
D: PLX USB338x driver
D: PCA9634 driver
D: Option GTM671WFS
D: Fintek F81216A
D: AD5761 iio driver
+D: TI DAC7612 driver
+D: Sony IMX214 driver
D: Various kernel hacks
S: Qtechnology A/S
S: Valby Langgade 142
@@ -3128,7 +3162,7 @@
N: Rik van Riel
E: riel@redhat.com
-W: http://www.surriel.com/
+W: https://www.surriel.com/
D: Linux-MM site, Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/*, swap/mm readaround
D: kswapd fixes, random kernel hacker, rmap VM,
D: nl.linux.org administrator, minor scheduler additions
@@ -3244,7 +3278,7 @@
N: Paul `Rusty' Russell
E: rusty@rustcorp.com.au
-W: http://ozlabs.org/~rusty
+W: https://ozlabs.org/~rusty
D: Ruggedly handsome.
D: netfilter, ipchains with Michael Neuling.
S: 52 Moore St
@@ -3367,7 +3401,7 @@
N: Robert Schwebel
E: robert@schwebel.de
-W: http://www.schwebel.de
+W: https://www.schwebel.de
D: Embedded hacker and book author,
D: AMD Elan support for Linux
S: Pengutronix
@@ -3433,21 +3467,21 @@
S: 76131 Karlsruhe
S: Germany
-N: James Simmons
+N: James Simmons
E: jsimmons@infradead.org
-E: jsimmons@users.sf.net
+E: jsimmons@users.sf.net
D: Frame buffer device maintainer
D: input layer development
D: tty/console layer
-D: various mipsel devices
-S: 115 Carmel Avenue
+D: various mipsel devices
+S: 115 Carmel Avenue
S: El Cerrito CA 94530
-S: USA
+S: USA
N: Jaspreet Singh
E: jaspreet@sangoma.com
W: www.sangoma.com
-D: WANPIPE drivers & API Support for Sangoma S508/FT1 cards
+D: WANPIPE drivers & API Support for Sangoma S508/FT1 cards
S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.,
S: 1001 Denison Street
S: Suite 101
@@ -3471,7 +3505,7 @@
E: csmall@triode.apana.org.au
E: vk2xlz@gonzo.vk2xlz.ampr.org (packet radio)
D: Gracilis PackeTwin device driver
-D: RSPF daemon
+D: RSPF daemon
S: 10 Stockalls Place
S: Minto, NSW, 2566
S: Australia
@@ -3543,7 +3577,7 @@
N: Henrik Storner
E: storner@image.dk
W: http://www.image.dk/~storner/
-W: http://www.sslug.dk/
+W: https://www.sslug.dk/
D: Configure script: Invented tristate for module-configuration
D: vfat/msdos integration, kerneld docs, Linux promotion
D: Miscellaneous bug-fixes
@@ -3577,7 +3611,7 @@
N: Eugene Surovegin
E: ebs@ebshome.net
-W: http://kernel.ebshome.net/
+W: https://kernel.ebshome.net/
P: 1024D/AE5467F1 FF22 39F1 6728 89F6 6E6C 2365 7602 F33D AE54 67F1
D: Embedded PowerPC 4xx: EMAC, I2C, PIC and random hacks/fixes
S: Sunnyvale, California 94085
@@ -3607,7 +3641,7 @@
N: Urs Thuermann
E: urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de
-W: http://www.volkswagen.de
+W: https://www.volkswagen.de
D: Controller Area Network (network layer core)
S: Brieffach 1776
S: 38436 Wolfsburg
@@ -3654,7 +3688,7 @@
N: Andrew Tridgell
E: tridge@samba.org
-W: http://samba.org/tridge/
+W: https://samba.org/tridge/
D: dosemu, networking, samba
S: 3 Ballow Crescent
S: MacGregor A.C.T 2615
@@ -3681,7 +3715,7 @@
E: tsusheng@scf.usc.edu
D: IGMP(Internet Group Management Protocol) version 2
S: 2F 14 ALY 31 LN 166 SEC 1 SHIH-PEI RD
-S: Taipei
+S: Taipei
S: Taiwan 112
S: Republic of China
S: 24335 Delta Drive
@@ -3842,7 +3876,7 @@
D: patches for ghostscript, worked on color 'ls', etc.
S: 301 15th Street S.
S: Moorhead, Minnesota 56560
-S: USA
+S: USA
N: Jos Vos
E: jos@xos.nl
@@ -3850,7 +3884,7 @@
D: Various IP firewall updates, ipfwadm
S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
S: Kruislaan 419
-S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
S: The Netherlands
N: Jeroen Vreeken
@@ -3892,7 +3926,7 @@
N: David Weinehall
E: tao@acc.umu.se
P: 1024D/DC47CA16 7ACE 0FB0 7A74 F994 9B36 E1D1 D14E 8526 DC47 CA16
-W: http://www.acc.umu.se/~tao/
+W: https://www.acc.umu.se/~tao/
D: v2.0 kernel maintainer
D: Fixes for the NE/2-driver
D: Miscellaneous MCA-support
@@ -3917,7 +3951,7 @@
N: Harald Welte
E: laforge@netfilter.org
P: 1024D/30F48BFF DBDE 6912 8831 9A53 879B 9190 5DA5 C655 30F4 8BFF
-W: http://gnumonks.org/users/laforge
+W: https://gnumonks.org/users/laforge
D: netfilter: new nat helper infrastructure
D: netfilter: ULOG, ECN, DSCP target
D: netfilter: TTL match
@@ -4088,7 +4122,7 @@
N: Victor Yodaiken
E: yodaiken@fsmlabs.com
D: RTLinux (RealTime Linux)
-S: POB 1822
+S: POB 1822
S: Socorro NM, 87801
S: USA
@@ -4186,7 +4220,7 @@
S: France
# Don't add your name here, unless you really _are_ after Marc
-# alphabetically. Leonard used to be very proud of being the
+# alphabetically. Leonard used to be very proud of being the
# last entry, and he'll get positively pissed if he can't even
# be second-to-last. (and this file really _is_ supposed to be
# in alphabetic order)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README
index 3121029..8bac9cb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/README
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/README
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
layout of the files below for details on how to do this.)
obsolete/
- This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
+ This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in
time. The description of the interface will document the reason
why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
@@ -58,6 +58,14 @@
be changed further.
+Note:
+ The fields should be use a simple notation, compatible with ReST markup.
+ Also, the file **should not** have a top-level index, like::
+
+ ===
+ foo
+ ===
+
How things move between levels:
Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
index 2cb9fc5..0faf135 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
@@ -8,11 +8,11 @@
system. Device DAX is strict, precise and predictable.
Specifically this interface:
- 1/ Guarantees fault granularity with respect to a given
- page size (pte, pmd, or pud) set at configuration time.
+ 1. Guarantees fault granularity with respect to a given
+ page size (pte, pmd, or pud) set at configuration time.
- 2/ Enforces deterministic behavior by being strict about
- what fault scenarios are supported.
+ 2. Enforces deterministic behavior by being strict about
+ what fault scenarios are supported.
The /sys/class/dax/ interface enumerates all the
device-dax instances in the system. The ABI is
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-cpuidle b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-cpuidle
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e398fb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-cpuidle
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governor_ro
+Date: April, 2020
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ current_governor_ro shows current using cpuidle governor, but read only.
+ with the update that cpuidle governor can be changed at runtime in default,
+ both current_governor and current_governor_ro co-exist under
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/ file, it's duplicate so make
+ current_governor_ro obselete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
index 5d41eba..66545c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -7,10 +7,13 @@
setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
processed to receive the real dpi value:
+ ===== ====
VALUE DPI
+ ===== ====
1 400
2 800
4 1600
+ ===== ====
This file is readonly.
Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-intel_pmc_bxt b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-intel_pmc_bxt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39d5659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-intel_pmc_bxt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+These files allow sending arbitrary IPC commands to the PMC/SCU which
+may be dangerous. These will be removed eventually and should not be
+used in any new applications.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT34D2:00/simplecmd
+Date: Jun 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: This interface allows userspace to send an arbitrary
+ IPC command to the PMC/SCU.
+
+ Format: %d %d where first number is command and
+ second number is subcommand.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT34D2:00/northpeak
+Date: Jun 2015
+KernelVersion: 4.1
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: This interface allows userspace to enable and disable
+ Northpeak through the PMC/SCU.
+
+ Format: %u.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio
index e0d4e5e..b8b0fd3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@
GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in
the range 0..INT_MAX. See Documentation/admin-guide/gpio for more information.
+ ::
+
/sys/class/gpio
/export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace
/unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-selinux-checkreqprot b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-selinux-checkreqprot
index 49ed9c8..ed6b52c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-selinux-checkreqprot
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-selinux-checkreqprot
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
actual protection), and Android and Linux distributions have been
explicitly writing a "0" to /sys/fs/selinux/checkreqprot during
initialization for some time. Support for setting checkreqprot to 1
- will be removed in a future kernel release, at which point the kernel
+ will be removed no sooner than June 2021, at which point the kernel
will always cease using checkreqprot internally and will always
check the actual protections being applied upon mmap/mprotect calls.
The checkreqprot selinuxfs node will remain for backward compatibility
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
index 0020c49..24fb35a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
+
The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
kernel tree.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
index ec333e6..9ec7ec4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level
of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much
of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality.
+
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
firewire-core.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
index 9c08c7f..f25174e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -10,4 +10,4 @@
claim just control over a single rfkill instance.
This file was scheduled to be removed in 2012, and was removed
in 2016.
-Values: 0: Kernel handles events
+Values: 0: Kernel handles events
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
index c39c25a..1905d35 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had
to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide
asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration.
+
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
firewire-core.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
index f72ed65..261f85b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev
@@ -14,13 +14,17 @@
Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can
be remote or local nodes. Operations on a /dev/fw* file have
different scope:
+
- The 1394 node which is associated with the file:
+
- Asynchronous request transmission
- Get the Configuration ROM
- Query node ID
- Query maximum speed of the path between this node
and local node
+
- The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to:
+
- Isochronous stream transmission and reception
- Asynchronous stream transmission and reception
- Asynchronous broadcast request transmission
@@ -31,7 +35,9 @@
manager
- Query cycle time
- Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception
+
- All 1394 buses:
+
- Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local
link layers, reception of inbound requests to such
an address range, asynchronous response transmission
@@ -43,6 +49,7 @@
userland implement different access permission models, some
operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated
with a local node:
+
- Addition of descriptors or directories to the local
nodes' Configuration ROM
- PHY packet transmission and reception
@@ -55,50 +62,50 @@
The following file operations are supported:
open(2)
- Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+ Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
ioctl(2)
- Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others
- are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
- See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
- descriptions of all ioctls.
+ Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others
+ are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns.
+ See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for
+ descriptions of all ioctls.
poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc.
- Watch for events to become available to be read.
+ Watch for events to become available to be read.
read(2)
- Receive various events. There are solicited events like
- outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
- buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
- request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read
- buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
- could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
- of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
- events.
+ Receive various events. There are solicited events like
+ outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous
+ buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets,
+ request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read
+ buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that
+ could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions
+ of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of
+ events.
mmap(2)
- Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
- and map it into the process address space. The arguments should
- be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
- size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
- prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
- for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
- /dev/fw*, offset = 0.
+ Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission
+ and map it into the process address space. The arguments should
+ be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer
+ size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet,
+ prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE
+ for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the
+ /dev/fw*, offset = 0.
Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except
for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode.
munmap(2)
- Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
+ Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space.
close(2)
- Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
- with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
- nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and
- bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
- re- and deallocation.
+ Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated
+ with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local
+ nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and
+ bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted
+ re- and deallocation.
-Users: libraw1394
- libdc1394
- libhinawa
+Users: libraw1394;
+ libdc1394;
+ libhinawa;
tools like linux-firewire-utils, fwhack, ...
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
index 964c7a8..2d6314f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile
@@ -1,22 +1,26 @@
-What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile
Date: 03-Nov-2011
KernelVersion: v3.2
Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
-Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
+Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform
power management (and performance) requirement expectations
as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as
retrieved from the FADT ACPI table.
-Values: For possible values see ACPI specification:
+
+Values: For possible values see ACPI specification:
5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT)
Field: Preferred_PM_Profile
Currently these values are defined by spec:
- 0 Unspecified
- 1 Desktop
- 2 Mobile
- 3 Workstation
- 4 Enterprise Server
- 5 SOHO Server
- 6 Appliance PC
- 7 Performance Server
+
+ == =================
+ 0 Unspecified
+ 1 Desktop
+ 2 Mobile
+ 3 Workstation
+ 4 Enterprise Server
+ 5 SOHO Server
+ 6 Appliance PC
+ 7 Performance Server
>7 Reserved
+ == =================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
index 41e5a0c..9ac9edd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
IEEE 1394 node device attribute.
Read-only and immutable.
Values: 1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card).
+
0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node.
@@ -125,7 +126,9 @@
Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime.
Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007:
Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of
+
u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN
+
without 0x prefixes, without whitespace. The former sbp2 driver
(removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used
a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-mhi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-mhi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecfe766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-mhi
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/bus/mhi/devices/.../serialnumber
+Date: Sept 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: Bhaumik Bhatt <bbhatt@codeaurora.org>
+Description: The file holds the serial number of the client device obtained
+ using a BHI (Boot Host Interface) register read after at least
+ one attempt to power up the device has been done. If read
+ without having the device power on at least once, the file will
+ read all 0's.
+Users: Any userspace application or clients interested in device info.
+
+What: /sys/bus/mhi/devices/.../oem_pk_hash
+Date: Sept 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: Bhaumik Bhatt <bbhatt@codeaurora.org>
+Description: The file holds the OEM PK Hash value of the endpoint device
+ obtained using a BHI (Boot Host Interface) register read after
+ at least one attempt to power up the device has been done. If
+ read without having the device power on at least once, the file
+ will read all 0's.
+Users: Any userspace application or clients interested in device info.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
index 9ffba85..c399323 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
@@ -9,13 +9,14 @@
Note: This file is only present if CONFIG_NVMEM_SYSFS
is enabled
- ex:
- hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem
+ ex::
- 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
- *
- 00000a0 db10 2240 0000 e000 0c00 0c00 0000 0c00
- 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
- ...
- *
- 0001000
+ hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem
+
+ 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
+ *
+ 00000a0 db10 2240 0000 e000 0c00 0c00 0000 0c00
+ 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
+ ...
+ *
+ 0001000
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
index b832eef..cad4bc2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -50,8 +50,10 @@
Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to
compute the percentage of time that a device has been active.
- For example,
- echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
+ For example::
+
+ echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
+
will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not
account for counter wrap.
Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
index 8e8d167..c27b7b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -63,13 +63,6 @@
Description: VCPU (sub)channel is affinitized to
Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and other debugging tools
-What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/cpu
-Date: September. 2017
-KernelVersion: 4.14
-Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
-Description: VCPU (sub)channel is affinitized to
-Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and other debugging tools
-
What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/in_mask
Date: September. 2017
KernelVersion: 4.14
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
index 992dfb1..5cd5e87 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
control systems are attached/generate presence for as short as
100 ms - hence the tens-to-hundreds milliseconds scan intervals
are required.
+
see Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst for detailed information.
Users: any user space application which wants to know bus scanning
interval
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
index 70302f3..023fb52 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Description:
Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+
- FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on.
- FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
Users: HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
index 96dfe19..348c4ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
@@ -8,12 +8,14 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===========================================
node_type: (RO) Node type (CA, RNIC, usNIC, usNIC UDP,
switch or router)
node_guid: (RO) Node GUID
sys_image_guid: (RO) System image GUID
+ =============== ===========================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/node_desc
@@ -47,6 +49,7 @@
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===============================================
lid: (RO) Port LID
rate: (RO) Port data rate (active width * active
@@ -66,8 +69,9 @@
cap_mask: (RO) Port capability mask. 2 bits here are
settable- IsCommunicationManagementSupported
- (set when CM module is loaded) and IsSM (set via
- open of issmN file).
+ (set when CM module is loaded) and IsSM (set
+ via open of issmN file).
+ =============== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/link_layer
@@ -103,8 +107,7 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
- Errors info:
- -----------
+ **Errors info**:
symbol_error: (RO) Total number of minor link errors detected on
one or more physical lanes.
@@ -142,8 +145,7 @@
intervention. It can also indicate hardware issues or extremely
poor link signal integrity
- Data info:
- ---------
+ **Data info**:
port_xmit_data: (RO) Total number of data octets, divided by 4
(lanes), transmitted on all VLs. This is 64 bit counter
@@ -176,8 +178,7 @@
transmitted on all VLs from the port. This may include multicast
packets with errors.
- Misc info:
- ---------
+ **Misc info**:
port_xmit_discards: (RO) Total number of outbound packets
discarded by the port because the port is down or congested.
@@ -244,9 +245,11 @@
two umad devices and two issm devices, while a switch will have
one device of each type (for switch port 0).
+ ======= =====================================
ibdev: (RO) Show Infiniband (IB) device name
port: (RO) Display port number
+ ======= =====================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/abi_version
@@ -258,33 +261,18 @@
userspace ABI compatibility of umad & issm devices.
-What: /sys/class/infiniband_cm/ucmN/ibdev
-Date: Oct, 2005
-KernelVersion: v2.6.14
-Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- (RO) Display Infiniband (IB) device name
-
-
-What: /sys/class/infiniband_cm/abi_version
-Date: Oct, 2005
-KernelVersion: v2.6.14
-Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- (RO) Value is incremented if any changes are made that break
- userspace ABI compatibility of ucm devices.
-
-
What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/uverbsN/ibdev
What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/uverbsN/abi_version
Date: Sept, 2005
KernelVersion: v2.6.14
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===========================================
ibdev: (RO) Display Infiniband (IB) device name
abi_version: (RO) Show ABI version of IB device specific
interfaces.
+ =============== ===========================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/abi_version
@@ -306,12 +294,14 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ================================================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Host Channel Adapter type: MT23108, MT25208
(MT23108 compat mode), MT25208 or MT25204
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board ID
+ =============== ================================================
sysfs interface for Mellanox ConnectX HCA IB driver (mlx4)
@@ -324,11 +314,13 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.24
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===============================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board ID
+ =============== ===============================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<port-num>/gids/<n>
@@ -354,6 +346,7 @@
example, ports/1/pkeys/10 contains the value at index 10 in port
1's P_Key table.
+ ======================= ==========================================
gids/<n>: (RO) The physical port gids n = 0..127
admin_guids/<n>: (RW) Allows examining or changing the
@@ -382,6 +375,7 @@
guest, whenever it uses its pkey index
1, will actually be using the real pkey
index 10.
+ ======================= ==========================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/<pci-slot-num>/ports/<m>/smi_enabled
@@ -393,12 +387,14 @@
Enabling QP0 on VFs for selected VF/port. By default, no VFs are
enabled for QP0 operation.
- smi_enabled: (RO) Indicates whether smi is currently enabled
- for the indicated VF/port
+ ================= ==== ===========================================
+ smi_enabled: (RO) Indicates whether smi is currently enabled
+ for the indicated VF/port
- enable_smi_admin:(RW) Used by the admin to request that smi
- capability be enabled or disabled for the
- indicated VF/port. 0 = disable, 1 = enable.
+ enable_smi_admin: (RW) Used by the admin to request that smi
+ capability be enabled or disabled for the
+ indicated VF/port. 0 = disable, 1 = enable.
+ ================= ==== ===========================================
The requested enablement will occur at the next reset of the VF
(e.g. driver restart on the VM which owns the VF).
@@ -415,6 +411,7 @@
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== =============================================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Driver short name. Should normally match
@@ -423,6 +420,7 @@
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id. (Vendor + device
information)
+ =============== =============================================
sysfs interface for Intel IB driver qib
@@ -443,6 +441,7 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ======================================================
version: (RO) Display version information of installed software
and drivers.
@@ -469,6 +468,7 @@
chip_reset: (WO) Reset the chip if possible by writing
"reset" to this file. Only allowed if no user
contexts are open that use chip resources.
+ =============== ======================================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/sl2vl/[0-15]
@@ -488,14 +488,16 @@
Description:
Per-port congestion control. Both are binary attributes.
- cc_table_bin: (RO) Congestion control table size followed by
+ =============== ================================================
+ cc_table_bin (RO) Congestion control table size followed by
table entries.
- cc_settings_bin:(RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
+ cc_settings_bin (RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
map and an array of 16 entries for the
congestion entries - increase, timer, event log
trigger threshold and the minimum injection rate
delay.
+ =============== ================================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/loopback
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/led_override
@@ -508,6 +510,7 @@
Description:
[to be documented]
+ =============== ===============================================
loopback: (WO)
led_override: (WO)
hrtbt_enable: (RW)
@@ -518,6 +521,7 @@
errors. Possible states are- "Initted",
"Present", "IB_link_up", "IB_configured" or
"Fatal_Hardware_Error".
+ =============== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rc_resends
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/seq_naks
@@ -566,6 +570,7 @@
linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===============================================
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
config: (RO) Report the configuration for this PF
@@ -578,6 +583,7 @@
iface: (RO) Shows which network interface this usNIC
entry is associated to (visible with ifconfig).
+ =============== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qpn/summary
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qpn/context
@@ -622,6 +628,7 @@
KernelVersion: v4.6
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== =============================================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
@@ -640,6 +647,7 @@
available.
tempsense: (RO) Thermal sense information
+ =============== =============================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_settings_bin
@@ -651,19 +659,21 @@
Description:
Per-port congestion control.
- cc_table_bin: (RO) CCA tables used by PSM2 Congestion control
+ =============== ================================================
+ cc_table_bin (RO) CCA tables used by PSM2 Congestion control
table size followed by table entries. Binary
attribute.
- cc_settings_bin:(RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
+ cc_settings_bin (RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
map and an array of 16 entries for the
congestion entries - increase, timer, event log
trigger threshold and the minimum injection rate
delay. Binary attribute.
- cc_prescan: (RW) enable prescanning for faster BECN
+ cc_prescan (RW) enable prescanning for faster BECN
response. Write "on" to enable and "off" to
disable.
+ =============== ================================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/sc2vl/[0-31]
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/sl2sc/[0-31]
@@ -672,11 +682,13 @@
KernelVersion: v4.6
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ===================================================
sc2vl/: (RO) 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->vl
sl2sc/: (RO) 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->sc
vl2mtu/: (RO) 16 files (0 - 15) used to determine MTU for vl
+ =============== ===================================================
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/sdma_N/cpu_list
@@ -687,26 +699,28 @@
Description:
sdma<N>/ contains one directory per sdma engine (0 - 15)
+ =============== ==============================================
cpu_list: (RW) List of cpus for user-process to sdma
engine assignment.
vl: (RO) Displays the virtual lane (vl) the sdma
engine maps to.
+ =============== ==============================================
This interface gives the user control on the affinity settings
for the device. As an example, to set an sdma engine irq
affinity and thread affinity of a user processes to use the
sdma engine, which is "near" in terms of NUMA configuration, or
- physical cpu location, the user will do:
+ physical cpu location, the user will do::
- echo "3" > /proc/irq/<N>/smp_affinity_list
- echo "4-7" > /sys/devices/.../sdma3/cpu_list
- cat /sys/devices/.../sdma3/vl
- 0
- echo "8" > /proc/irq/<M>/smp_affinity_list
- echo "9-12" > /sys/devices/.../sdma4/cpu_list
- cat /sys/devices/.../sdma4/vl
- 1
+ echo "3" > /proc/irq/<N>/smp_affinity_list
+ echo "4-7" > /sys/devices/.../sdma3/cpu_list
+ cat /sys/devices/.../sdma3/vl
+ 0
+ echo "8" > /proc/irq/<M>/smp_affinity_list
+ echo "9-12" > /sys/devices/.../sdma4/cpu_list
+ cat /sys/devices/.../sdma4/vl
+ 1
to make sure that when a process runs on cpus 4,5,6, or 7, and
uses vl=0, then sdma engine 3 is selected by the driver, and
@@ -728,11 +742,13 @@
KernelVersion: v4.10
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ==== ========================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Show HCA type (I40IW)
board_id: (RO) I40IW board ID
+ =============== ==== ========================
sysfs interface for QLogic qedr NIC Driver
@@ -745,9 +761,11 @@
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ==== ========================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Display HCA type
+ =============== ==== ========================
sysfs interface for VMware Paravirtual RDMA driver
@@ -761,11 +779,13 @@
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ==== =====================================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
board_id: (RO) Display PVRDMA manufacturing board ID
+ =============== ==== =====================================
sysfs interface for Broadcom NetXtreme-E RoCE driver
@@ -777,6 +797,8 @@
KernelVersion: v4.11
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Description:
+ =============== ==== =========================
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
+ =============== ==== =========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
index 5b154f9..037979f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst.
-For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in
+For the deprecated ``/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim`` knobs of this interface look in
Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill.
What: /sys/class/rfkill
@@ -36,9 +36,10 @@
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile
storage at startup.
-Values: A numeric value.
- 0: false
- 1: true
+Values: A numeric value:
+
+ - 0: false
+ - 1: true
What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state
@@ -54,6 +55,7 @@
through this interface. There will likely be another attempt to
remove it in the future.
Values: A numeric value.
+
0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
transmitter is turned off by software
1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED
@@ -69,6 +71,7 @@
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only.
Values: A numeric value.
+
0: inactive
The transmitter is (potentially) active.
1: active
@@ -82,7 +85,9 @@
Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write.
Values: A numeric value.
+
0: inactive
The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+
1: active
The transmitter is turned off by software.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
index 58e94e7..91ca63e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
Contact: linux-integrity@vger.kernel.org
Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
- TCG version: 1.2
- Firmware version: 8.16
+ Manufacturer: 0x53544d20
+ TCG version: 1.2
+ Firmware version: 8.16
Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info
space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@
any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a
result.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
+ 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original]
Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in
usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed
@@ -92,14 +92,14 @@
values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid
for a snapshot in time.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
- ...
+ PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75
+ ...
The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR
value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and
@@ -119,44 +119,44 @@
ated at TPM manufacture time and exists for the life of the
chip.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
- Encscheme: 00 03
- Sigscheme: 00 01
- Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
- Modulus length: 256
- Modulus:
- B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
- 3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
- 1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
- 86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
- D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
- 82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
- 0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
- 1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
- 6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
- A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
- 47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
- 10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
- E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
- F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
- F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
- C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
+ Algorithm: 00 00 00 01
+ Encscheme: 00 03
+ Sigscheme: 00 01
+ Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00
+ Modulus length: 256
+ Modulus:
+ B4 76 41 82 C9 20 2C 10 18 40 BC 8B E5 44 4C 6C
+ 3A B2 92 0C A4 9B 2A 83 EB 5C 12 85 04 48 A0 B6
+ 1E E4 81 84 CE B2 F2 45 1C F0 85 99 61 02 4D EB
+ 86 C4 F7 F3 29 60 52 93 6B B2 E5 AB 8B A9 09 E3
+ D7 0E 7D CA 41 BF 43 07 65 86 3C 8C 13 7A D0 8B
+ 82 5E 96 0B F8 1F 5F 34 06 DA A2 52 C1 A9 D5 26
+ 0F F4 04 4B D9 3F 2D F2 AC 2F 74 64 1F 8B CD 3E
+ 1E 30 38 6C 70 63 69 AB E2 50 DF 49 05 2E E1 8D
+ 6F 78 44 DA 57 43 69 EE 76 6C 38 8A E9 8E A3 F0
+ A7 1F 3C A8 D0 12 15 3E CA 0E BD FA 24 CD 33 C6
+ 47 AE A4 18 83 8E 22 39 75 93 86 E6 FD 66 48 B6
+ 10 AD 94 14 65 F9 6A 17 78 BD 16 53 84 30 BF 70
+ E0 DC 65 FD 3C C6 B0 1E BF B9 C1 B5 6C EF B1 3A
+ F8 28 05 83 62 26 11 DC B4 6B 5A 97 FF 32 26 B6
+ F7 02 71 CF 15 AE 16 DD D1 C1 8E A8 CF 9B 50 7B
+ C3 91 FF 44 1E CF 7C 39 FE 17 77 21 20 BD CE 9B
- Possible values:
+ Possible values::
- Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1)
- Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2)
+ Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1)
+ Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2)
TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3)
- Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1)
- Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
+ Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1)
+ Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values:
Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048)
Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2)
Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the
default exp)
- Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
- Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
+ Modulus Length: 256 (bytes)
+ Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus
What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated
Date: April 2006
@@ -176,9 +176,9 @@
timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip
conforms to.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
+ 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original]
The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing
"[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values
@@ -191,6 +191,6 @@
Description: The "tpm_version_major" property shows the TCG spec major version
implemented by the TPM device.
- Example output:
+ Example output::
- 2
+ 2
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
index 4404bd9..42bf1ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
-# Note: This documents additional properties of any device beyond what
-# is documented in Documentation/admin-guide/sysfs-rules.rst
+Note:
+ This documents additional properties of any device beyond what
+ is documented in Documentation/admin-guide/sysfs-rules.rst
What: /sys/devices/*/of_node
Date: February 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
index df8413c..484fc04 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
Description:
Provides information about the node's distribution and memory
- utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+ utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/numastat
Date: October 2002
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-idxd b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-idxd
index f4be46cc..b441838 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-idxd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-idxd
@@ -1,41 +1,47 @@
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/cdev_major
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/version
+Date: Apr 15, 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8.0
+Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
+Description: The hardware version number.
+
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/cdev_major
Date: Oct 25, 2019
-KernelVersion: 5.6.0
+KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The major number that the character device driver assigned to
this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/errors
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/errors
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The error information for this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_batch_size
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_batch_size
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The largest number of work descriptors in a batch.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_work_queues_size
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_work_queues_size
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The maximum work queue size supported by this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_engines
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_engines
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The maximum number of engines supported by this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_groups
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_groups
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The maximum number of groups can be created under this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_tokens
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_tokens
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
@@ -44,7 +50,7 @@
implementation, and these resources are allocated by engines to
support operations.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_transfer_size
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_transfer_size
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
@@ -52,57 +58,57 @@
perform the operation. The maximum transfer size is dependent on
the workqueue the descriptor was submitted to.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_work_queues
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_work_queues
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The maximum work queue number that this device supports.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/numa_node
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/numa_node
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The numa node number for this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/op_cap
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/op_cap
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The operation capability bit mask specify the operation types
supported by the this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/state
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/state
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The state information of this device. It can be either enabled
or disabled.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/group<m>.<n>
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/group<m>.<n>
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The assigned group under this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/engine<m>.<n>
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/engine<m>.<n>
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The assigned engine under this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/wq<m>.<n>
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/wq<m>.<n>
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The assigned work queue under this device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/configurable
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/configurable
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: To indicate if this device is configurable or not.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/token_limit
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/token_limit
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
@@ -110,19 +116,25 @@
one time by operations that access low bandwidth memory in the
device.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/group_id
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/cmd_status
+Date: Aug 28, 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10.0
+Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
+Description: The last executed device administrative command's status/error.
+
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/group_id
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The group id that this work queue belongs to.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/size
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/size
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The work queue size for this work queue.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/type
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/type
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
@@ -130,20 +142,20 @@
queue usages in the kernel space or "user" type for work queue
usages by applications in user space.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/cdev_minor
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/cdev_minor
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The minor number assigned to this work queue by the character
device driver.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/mode
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/mode
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The work queue mode type for this work queue.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/priority
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/priority
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
@@ -151,20 +163,34 @@
other work queue in the same group to control quality of service
for dispatching work from multiple workqueues in the same group.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/state
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/state
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The current state of the work queue.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/threshold
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/threshold
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The number of entries in this work queue that may be filled
via a limited portal.
-What: sys/bus/dsa/devices/engine<m>.<n>/group_id
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/max_transfer_size
+Date: Aug 28, 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10.0
+Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
+Description: The max transfer sized for this workqueue. Cannot exceed device
+ max transfer size. Configurable parameter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/max_batch_size
+Date: Aug 28, 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10.0
+Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
+Description: The max batch size for this workqueue. Cannot exceed device
+ max batch size. Configurable parameter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/engine<m>.<n>/group_id
Date: Oct 25, 2019
KernelVersion: 5.6.0
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma
index 420c1d0..3a4e2cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma
@@ -1,29 +1,29 @@
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/cap
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/cap
Date: December 3, 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: Capabilities the DMA supports.Currently there are DMA_PQ, DMA_PQ_VAL,
DMA_XOR,DMA_XOR_VAL,DMA_INTERRUPT.
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_active
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_active
Date: December 3, 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: The number of descriptors active in the ring.
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_size
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_size
Date: December 3, 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: Descriptor ring size, total number of descriptors available.
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/version
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/version
Date: December 3, 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.32
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
Description: Version of ioatdma device.
-What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/intr_coalesce
+What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/intr_coalesce
Date: August 8, 2017
KernelVersion: 4.14
Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5724bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs*
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: "Jolly Shah" <jollys@xilinx.com>
+Description:
+ Read/Write PMU global general storage register value,
+ GLOBAL_GEN_STORAGE{0:3}.
+ Global general storage register that can be used
+ by system to pass information between masters.
+
+ The register is reset during system or power-on
+ resets. Three registers are used by the FSBL and
+ other Xilinx software products: GLOBAL_GEN_STORAGE{4:6}.
+
+ Usage::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+ # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+
+ Example::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+ # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0
+
+Users: Xilinx
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs*
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: "Jolly Shah" <jollys@xilinx.com>
+Description:
+ Read/Write PMU persistent global general storage register
+ value, PERS_GLOB_GEN_STORAGE{0:3}.
+ Persistent global general storage register that
+ can be used by system to pass information between
+ masters.
+
+ This register is only reset by the power-on reset
+ and maintains its value through a system reset.
+ Four registers are used by the FSBL and other Xilinx
+ software products: PERS_GLOB_GEN_STORAGE{4:7}.
+ Register is reset only by a POR reset.
+
+ Usage::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+ # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+
+ Example::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+ # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0
+
+Users: Xilinx
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: "Jolly Shah" <jollys@xilinx.com>
+Description:
+ This sysfs interface allows to set the shutdown scope for the
+ next shutdown request. When the next shutdown is performed, the
+ platform specific portion of PSCI-system_off can use the chosen
+ shutdown scope.
+
+ Following are available shutdown scopes(subtypes):
+
+ subsystem:
+ Only the APU along with all of its peripherals
+ not used by other processing units will be
+ shut down. This may result in the FPD power
+ domain being shut down provided that no other
+ processing unit uses FPD peripherals or DRAM.
+ ps_only:
+ The complete PS will be shut down, including the
+ RPU, PMU, etc. Only the PL domain (FPGA)
+ remains untouched.
+ system:
+ The complete system/device is shut down.
+
+ Usage::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+ # echo <scope> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+
+ Example::
+
+ # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+ # echo "subsystem" > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope
+
+Users: Xilinx
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: "Jolly Shah" <jollys@xilinx.com>
+Description:
+ This sysfs interface allows to set the health status. If PMUFW
+ is compiled with CHECK_HEALTHY_BOOT, it will check the healthy
+ bit on FPD WDT expiration. If healthy bit is set by a user
+ application running in Linux, PMUFW will do APU only restart. If
+ healthy bit is not set during FPD WDT expiration, PMUFW will do
+ system restart.
+
+ Usage:
+
+ Set healthy bit::
+
+ # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status
+
+ Unset healthy bit::
+
+ # echo 0 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status
+
+Users: Xilinx
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
index 84972a5..bada15a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing
a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs
attribute. The supported parameters are:
+
* id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port
identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io
index b0d90cc..fd9a804 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io
@@ -206,3 +206,20 @@
regulator devices.
The file is read only.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld1_pn
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld2_pn
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld3_pn
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld4_pn
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld1_version_min
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld2_version_min
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld3_version_min
+What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld4_version_min
+Date: July 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description: These files show with which CPLD part numbers and minor
+ versions have been burned CPLD devices equipped on a
+ system.
+
+ The files are read only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..792f58b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/attrib_bleep
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Beeps the PC speaker when there is an attribute change such as
+ foreground or background color when using speakup review
+ commands. One = on, zero = off.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/bell_pos
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This works much like a typewriter bell. If for example 72 is
+ echoed to bell_pos, it will beep the PC speaker when typing on
+ a line past character 72.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/bleeps
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This controls whether one hears beeps through the PC speaker
+ when using speakup's review commands.
+ TODO: what values does it accept?
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/bleep_time
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This controls the duration of the PC speaker beeps speakup
+ produces.
+ TODO: What are the units? Jiffies?
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/cursor_time
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This controls cursor delay when using arrow keys. When a
+ connection is very slow, with the default setting, when moving
+ with the arrows, or backspacing etc. speakup says the incorrect
+ characters. Set this to a higher value to adjust for the delay
+ and better synchronisation between cursor position and speech.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/delimiters
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Delimit a word from speakup.
+ TODO: add more info
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/ex_num
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: TODO:
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/key_echo
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Controls if speakup speaks keys when they are typed. One = on,
+ zero = off or don't echo keys.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/keymap
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Speakup keymap remaps keys to Speakup functions.
+ It uses a binary
+ format. A special program called genmap is needed to compile a
+ textual keymap into the binary format which is then loaded into
+ /sys/accessibility/speakup/keymap.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/no_interrupt
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Controls if typing interrupts output from speakup. With
+ no_interrupt set to zero, typing on the keyboard will interrupt
+ speakup if for example
+ the say screen command is used before the
+ entire screen is read.
+
+ With no_interrupt set to one, if the say
+ screen command is used, and one then types on the keyboard,
+ speakup will continue to say the whole screen regardless until
+ it finishes.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/punc_all
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This is a list of all the punctuation speakup should speak when
+ punc_level is set to four.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/punc_level
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Controls the level of punctuation spoken as the screen is
+ displayed, not reviewed. Levels range from zero no punctuation,
+ to four, all punctuation. One corresponds to punc_some, two
+ corresponds to punc_most, and three as well as four both
+ correspond to punc_all. Some hardware synthesizers may have
+ different levels each corresponding to three and four for
+ punc_level. Also note that if punc_level is set to zero, and
+ key_echo is set to one, typed punctuation is still spoken as it
+ is typed.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/punc_most
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This is a list of all the punctuation speakup should speak when
+ punc_level is set to two.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/punc_some
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This is a list of all the punctuation speakup should speak when
+ punc_level is set to one.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/reading_punc
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Almost the same as punc_level, the differences being that
+ reading_punc controls the level of punctuation when reviewing
+ the screen with speakup's screen review commands. The other
+ difference is that reading_punc set to three speaks punc_all,
+ and reading_punc set to four speaks all punctuation, including
+ spaces.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/repeats
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: A list of characters speakup repeats. Normally, when there are
+ more than three characters in a row, speakup
+ just reads three of
+ those characters. For example, "......" would be read as dot,
+ dot, dot. If a . is added to the list of characters in repeats,
+ "......" would be read as dot, dot, dot, times six.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/say_control
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: If set to one, speakup speaks shift, alt and control when those
+ keys are pressed. If say_control is set to zero, shift, ctrl,
+ and alt are not spoken when they are pressed.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/say_word_ctl
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: TODO:
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/silent
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: TODO:
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/spell_delay
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This controls how fast a word is spelled
+ when speakup's say word
+ review command is pressed twice quickly to speak the current
+ word being reviewed. Zero just speaks the letters one after
+ another, while values one through four
+ seem to introduce more of
+ a pause between the spelling of each letter by speakup.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/synth
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the synthesizer driver currently in use. Reading
+ synth returns the synthesizer driver currently in use. Writing
+ synth switches to the given synthesizer driver, provided it is
+ either built into the kernel, or already loaded as a module.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/synth_direct
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Sends whatever is written to synth_direct
+ directly to the speech synthesizer in use, bypassing speakup.
+ This could be used to make the synthesizer speak
+ a string, or to
+ send control sequences to the synthesizer to change how the
+ synthesizer behaves.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/version
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Reading version returns the version of speakup, and the version
+ of the synthesizer driver currently in use.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/announcements
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This file contains various general announcements, most of which
+ cannot be categorized. You will find messages such as "You
+ killed Speakup", "I'm alive", "leaving help", "parked",
+ "unparked", and others. You will also find the names of the
+ screen edges and cursor tracking modes here.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/chartab
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: TODO
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/ctl_keys
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Here, you will find names of control keys. These are used with
+ Speakup's say_control feature.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/function_names
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Here, you will find a list of names for Speakup functions.
+ These are used by the help system. For example, suppose that
+ you have activated help mode, and you pressed
+ keypad 3. Speakup
+ says: "keypad 3 is character, say next."
+ The message "character, say next" names a Speakup function, and
+ it comes from this function_names file.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/states
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This file contains names for key states.
+ Again, these are part of the help system. For instance, if you
+ had pressed speakup + keypad 3, you would hear:
+ "speakup keypad 3 is go to bottom edge."
+
+ The speakup key is depressed, so the name of the key state is
+ speakup.
+
+ This part of the message comes from the states collection.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/characters
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Through this sys entry, Speakup gives you the ability to change
+ how Speakup pronounces a given character. You could, for
+ example, change how some punctuation characters are spoken. You
+ can even change how Speakup will pronounce certain letters. For
+ further details see '12. Changing the Pronunciation of
+ Characters' in Speakup User's Guide (file spkguide.txt in
+ source).
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/colors
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: When you use the "say attributes" function, Speakup says the
+ name of the foreground and background colors. These names come
+ from the i18n/colors file.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/formatted
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This group of messages contains embedded formatting codes, to
+ specify the type and width of displayed data. If you change
+ these, you must preserve all of the formatting codes, and they
+ must appear in the order used by the default messages.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/key_names
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Again, key_names is used by Speakup's help system. In the
+ previous example, Speakup said that you pressed "keypad 3."
+ This name came from the key_names file.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: In `/sys/accessibility/speakup` is a directory corresponding to
+ the synthesizer driver currently in use (E.G) `soft` for the
+ soft driver. This directory contains files which control the
+ speech synthesizer itself,
+ as opposed to controlling the speakup
+ screen reader. The parameters in this directory have the same
+ names and functions across all
+ supported synthesizers. The range
+ of values for freq, pitch, rate, and vol is the same for all
+ supported synthesizers, with the given range being internally
+ mapped by the driver to more or less fit the range of values
+ supported for a given parameter by the individual synthesizer.
+ Below is a description of values and parameters for soft
+ synthesizer, which is currently the most commonly used.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/caps_start
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This is the string that is sent to the synthesizer to cause it
+ to start speaking uppercase letters. For the soft synthesizer
+ and most others, this causes the pitch of the voice to rise
+ above the currently set pitch.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/caps_stop
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This is the string sent to the synthesizer to cause it to stop
+ speaking uppercase letters. In the case of the soft synthesizer
+ and most others, this returns the pitch of the voice
+ down to the
+ currently set pitch.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/delay_time
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: TODO:
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/direct
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Controls if punctuation is spoken by speakup, or by the
+ synthesizer.
+
+ For example, speakup speaks ">" as "greater", while
+ the espeak synthesizer used by the soft driver speaks "greater
+ than". Zero lets speakup speak the punctuation. One lets the
+ synthesizer itself speak punctuation.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/freq
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the frequency of the speech synthesizer. Range is
+ 0-9.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/full_time
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: TODO:
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/jiffy_delta
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: This controls how many jiffys the kernel gives to the
+ synthesizer. Setting this too high can make a system unstable,
+ or even crash it.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/pitch
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the pitch of the synthesizer. The range is 0-9.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/inflection
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the inflection of the synthesizer, i.e. the pitch
+ range. The range is 0-9.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/punct
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the amount of punctuation spoken by the
+ synthesizer. The range for the soft driver seems to be 0-2.
+ TODO: How is this related to speakup's punc_level, or
+ reading_punc.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/rate
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the rate of the synthesizer. Range is from zero
+ slowest, to nine fastest.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/tone
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the tone of the speech synthesizer. The range for
+ the soft driver seems to be 0-2. This seems to make no
+ difference if using espeak and the espeakup connector.
+ TODO: does espeakup support different tonalities?
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/trigger_time
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: TODO:
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/voice
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the voice used by the synthesizer if the
+ synthesizer can speak in more than one voice. The range for the
+ soft driver is 0-7. Note that while espeak supports multiple
+ voices, this parameter will not set the voice when the espeakup
+ connector is used between speakup and espeak.
+
+What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/vol
+KernelVersion: 2.6
+Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org
+Description: Gets or sets the volume of the speech synthesizer. Range is 0-9,
+ with zero being the softest, and nine being the loudest.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
index 5def20b..46ccd23 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>"
and contains the following files:
+ =============== ========================================
attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the
EFI variable flags. Potential values
include:
@@ -59,12 +60,14 @@
size: As ASCII representation of the size of
the variable's value.
+ =============== ========================================
In addition, two other magic binary files are provided
in the top-level directory and are used for adding and
removing variables:
+ =============== ========================================
new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and
instructs the EFI firmware to create a
new variable.
@@ -73,3 +76,4 @@
instructs the EFI firmware to remove any
variable that has a matching vendor GUID
and variable key name.
+ =============== ========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump
index 32fe7f5..1f74f45 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
This is only for the powerpc/powernv platform.
+ =============== ===============================================
initiate_dump: When '1' is written to it,
we will initiate a dump.
Read this file for supported commands.
@@ -19,8 +20,11 @@
and ID of the dump, use the id and type files.
Do not rely on any particular size of dump
type or dump id.
+ =============== ===============================================
Each dump has the following files:
+
+ =============== ===============================================
id: An ASCII representation of the dump ID
in hex (e.g. '0x01')
type: An ASCII representation of the type of
@@ -39,3 +43,4 @@
inaccessible.
Reading this file will get a list of
supported actions.
+ =============== ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog
index 2536434..7c8a61a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@
For each log entry (directory), there are the following
files:
+ ============== ================================================
id: An ASCII representation of the ID of the
error log, in hex - e.g. "0x01".
@@ -58,3 +59,4 @@
entry will be removed from sysfs.
Reading this file will list the supported
operations (currently just acknowledge).
+ ============== ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
index 3cf5cdf..748593c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen
@@ -33,6 +33,8 @@
Space separated list of supported guest system types. Each type
is in the format: <class>-<major>.<minor>-<arch>
With:
+
+ ======== ============================================
<class>: "xen" -- x86: paravirtualized, arm: standard
"hvm" -- x86 only: fully virtualized
<major>: major guest interface version
@@ -43,6 +45,7 @@
"x86_64": 64 bit x86 guest
"armv7l": 32 bit arm guest
"aarch64": 64 bit arm guest
+ ======== ============================================
What: /sys/hypervisor/properties/changeset
Date: March 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-kernel-notes b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-kernel-notes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c76ee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-kernel-notes
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/notes
+Date: July 2009
+Contact: <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: The /sys/kernel/notes file contains the binary representation
+ of the running vmlinux's .notes section.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
index 55406ec..951838d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso
@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
+What: vDSO
+Date: July 2011
+KernelVersion: 3.0
+Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
+Description:
+
On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it
maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space. This DSO is called
the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives
@@ -23,6 +29,7 @@
ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures,
though.
-(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64.
+Note:
+ As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64.
The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm
- that it is correct for their architecture.)
+ that it is correct for their architecture.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
index 4ab4e99..c09b640c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@
This group contains the configuration for user defined ACPI
tables. The attributes of a user define table are:
- aml - a binary attribute that the user can use to
+ aml
+ - a binary attribute that the user can use to
fill in the ACPI aml definitions. Once the aml
data is written to this file and the file is
closed the table will be loaded and ACPI devices
@@ -26,11 +27,26 @@
The rest of the attributes are read-only and are valid only
after the table has been loaded by filling the aml entry:
- signature - ASCII table signature
- length - length of table in bytes, including the header
- revision - ACPI Specification minor version number
- oem_id - ASCII OEM identification
- oem_table_id - ASCII OEM table identification
- oem_revision - OEM revision number
- asl_compiler_id - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID
- asl_compiler_revision - ASL compiler version
+ signature
+ - ASCII table signature
+
+ length
+ - length of table in bytes, including the header
+
+ revision
+ - ACPI Specification minor version number
+
+ oem_id
+ - ASCII OEM identification
+
+ oem_table_id
+ - ASCII OEM table identification
+
+ oem_revision
+ - OEM revision number
+
+ asl_compiler_id
+ - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID
+
+ asl_compiler_revision
+ - ASL compiler version
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
index ed67a4d..bc6b8bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most
@@ -15,22 +15,28 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -39,18 +45,23 @@
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_video/<link>
@@ -59,22 +70,28 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -83,18 +100,23 @@
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_net/<link>
@@ -103,22 +125,28 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -127,18 +155,23 @@
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card>
@@ -147,7 +180,8 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- create_card write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_card
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
registration of the sound card with the ALSA
subsystem.
@@ -157,22 +191,28 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel
+ buffer_size
+ configure the buffer size for this channel
- subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
+ subbuffer_size
+ configure the sub-buffer size for this channel
(needed for synchronous and isochrnous data)
- num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this
+ num_buffers
+ configure number of buffers used for this
channel
- datatype configure type of data that will travel over
+ datatype
+ configure type of data that will travel over
this channel
- direction configure whether this link will be an input
+ direction
+ configure whether this link will be an input
or output
- dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
+ dbr_size
+ configure DBR data buffer size (this is used
for MediaLB communication only)
packets_per_xact
@@ -181,16 +221,21 @@
transmitted via USB (this is used for USB
communication only)
- device name of the device the link is to be attached to
+ device
+ name of the device the link is to be attached to
- channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to
+ channel
+ name of the channel the link is to be attached to
- comp_params pass parameters needed by some components
+ comp_params
+ pass parameters needed by some components
- create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
+ create_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to trigger the
creation of the link. In case of speculative
configuration, the creation is post-poned until
a physical device is being attached to the bus.
- destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
+ destroy_link
+ write '1' to this attribute to destroy an
active link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
index 840c324..cf877bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget
@@ -10,22 +10,24 @@
This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability.
Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs
- in /config directory use:
- # mount -t configfs none /config/
+ in /config directory use::
- For nth PCIe Device Controller
- /config/pcie-gadget.n/
- link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status.
- int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported
- interrupt
- no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
+ # mount -t configfs none /config/
+
+ For nth PCIe Device Controller /config/pcie-gadget.n/:
+
+ =============== ======================================================
+ link used to enable ltssm and read its status.
+ int_type used to configure and read type of supported interrupt
+ no_of_msi used to configure number of MSI vector needed and
to read no of MSI granted.
- inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
- send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent.
- vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex)
- device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex)
- bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size
- bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
- bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where
- bar0_data will be written or read.
- bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
+ inta write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert.
+ send_msi write MSI vector to be sent.
+ vendor_id used to write and read vendor id (hex)
+ device_id used to write and read device id (hex)
+ bar0_size used to write and read bar0_size
+ bar0_address used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex.
+ bar0_rw_offset used to write and read offset of bar0 where bar0_data
+ will be written or read.
+ bar0_data used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset.
+ =============== ======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
index 4594cc2..dc351e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget
@@ -12,22 +12,24 @@
The attributes of a gadget:
- UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
- write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
- to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
+ ================ ============================================
+ UDC bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget;
+ write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/*
+ to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind.
- max_speed - maximum speed the driver supports. Valid
- names are super-speed-plus, super-speed,
- high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed.
+ max_speed maximum speed the driver supports. Valid
+ names are super-speed-plus, super-speed,
+ high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed.
- bDeviceClass - USB device class code
- bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code
- bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code
- bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size
- bcdDevice - bcd device release number
- bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number
- idProduct - product ID
- idVendor - vendor ID
+ bDeviceClass USB device class code
+ bDeviceSubClass USB device subclass code
+ bDeviceProtocol USB device protocol code
+ bMaxPacketSize0 maximum endpoint 0 packet size
+ bcdDevice bcd device release number
+ bcdUSB bcd USB specification version number
+ idProduct product ID
+ idVendor vendor ID
+ ================ ============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -41,8 +43,10 @@
Description:
The attributes of a configuration:
- bmAttributes - configuration characteristics
- MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus
+ ================ ======================================
+ bmAttributes configuration characteristics
+ MaxPower maximum power consumption from the bus
+ ================ ======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -57,7 +61,9 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- configuration - configuration description
+ ================ =========================
+ configuration configuration description
+ ================ =========================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions
@@ -76,8 +82,10 @@
The attributes:
- compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
- sub_compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+ ================= =====================================
+ compatible_id 8-byte string for "Compatible ID"
+ sub_compatible_id 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID"
+ ================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property>
Date: May 2014
@@ -89,16 +97,19 @@
The attributes:
- type - value 1..7 for interpreting the data
- 1: unicode string
- 2: unicode string with environment variable
- 3: binary
- 4: little-endian 32-bit
- 5: big-endian 32-bit
- 6: unicode string with a symbolic link
- 7: multiple unicode strings
- data - blob of data to be interpreted depending on
+ ===== ===============================================
+ type value 1..7 for interpreting the data
+
+ - 1: unicode string
+ - 2: unicode string with environment variable
+ - 3: binary
+ - 4: little-endian 32-bit
+ - 5: big-endian 32-bit
+ - 6: unicode string with a symbolic link
+ - 7: multiple unicode strings
+ data blob of data to be interpreted depending on
type
+ ===== ===============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings
Date: Jun 2013
@@ -113,9 +124,11 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string)
- product - gadget's product description
- manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description
+ ============ =================================
+ serialnumber gadget's serial number (string)
+ product gadget's product description
+ manufacturer gadget's manufacturer description
+ ============ =================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc
Date: May 2014
@@ -123,8 +136,10 @@
Description:
This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes.
- use - flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
- b_vendor_code - one-byte value used for custom per-device and
+ ============= ===============================================
+ use flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off
+ b_vendor_code one-byte value used for custom per-device and
per-interface requests
- qw_sign - an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
+ qw_sign an identifier to be reported as "OS String"
proper
+ ============= ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
index 0addf77..272bc1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm
@@ -4,13 +4,17 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ifname
+ - network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult
+ - queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr
+ - MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr
+ - MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
index a4c5715..178c3d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========== =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
+ ========== =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
index f12e00e..748705c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid
@@ -4,8 +4,10 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- protocol - HID protocol to use
- report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
+ ============= ============================================
+ protocol HID protocol to use
+ report_desc blob corresponding to HID report descriptors
except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N>
- report_length - HID report length
- subclass - HID device subclass to use
+ report_length HID report length
+ subclass HID device subclass to use
+ ============= ============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
index 06beefbc..e6c6ba5ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback
@@ -4,5 +4,7 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- qlen - depth of loopback queue
- buflen - buffer length
+ ======= =======================
+ qlen depth of loopback queue
+ buflen buffer length
+ ======= =======================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
index 9931fb0..c86b63a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage
@@ -4,12 +4,14 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
+ =========== ==============================================
+ stall Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints.
Disabled on some USB devices known not to work
correctly. You should set it to true.
- num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
+ num_buffers Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers
are 2..4. Available only if
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set.
+ =========== ==============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name
Date: Oct 2013
@@ -17,15 +19,17 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- file - The path to the backing file for the LUN.
+ =========== ==============================================
+ file The path to the backing file for the LUN.
Required if LUN is not marked as removable.
- ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
+ ro Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be
read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation
is enabled as well as when it was impossible
to open "filename" in R/W mode.
- removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
+ removable Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as
being removable.
- cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
+ cdrom Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as
being a CD-ROM.
- nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag
+ nofua Flag specifying that FUA flag
in SCSI WRITE(10,12)
+ =========== ==============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
index 6b341df..07389cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter
- id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
- buflen - MIDI buffer length
- qlen - USB read request queue length
- in_ports - number of MIDI input ports
- out_ports - number of MIDI output ports
+ ========== ====================================
+ index index value for the USB MIDI adapter
+ id ID string for the USB MIDI adapter
+ buflen MIDI buffer length
+ qlen USB read request queue length
+ in_ports number of MIDI input ports
+ out_ports number of MIDI output ports
+ ========== ====================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
index 6b0714e..7aa731b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
- q_len - Number of requests per endpoint
+ ========== ===========================================
+ pnp_string Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
+ q_len Number of requests per endpoint
+ ========== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
index 1373990..9416eda 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis
@@ -4,14 +4,16 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========= =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- class - USB interface class, default is 02 (hex)
- subclass - USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex)
- protocol - USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex)
+ class USB interface class, default is 02 (hex)
+ subclass USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex)
+ protocol USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex)
+ ========= =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
index f56335a..1f3d31b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
- isoc_interval - 1..16
- isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
- isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only)
- isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
- buflen - buffer length
- bulk_qlen - depth of queue for bulk
- iso_qlen - depth of queue for iso
+ ============== ==================================
+ pattern 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none)
+ isoc_interval 1..16
+ isoc_maxpacket 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss)
+ isoc_mult 0..2 (hs/ss only)
+ isoc_maxburst 0..15 (ss only)
+ buflen buffer length
+ bulk_qlen depth of queue for bulk
+ iso_qlen depth of queue for iso
+ ============== ==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
index 9373e2c5..0061b86 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- ifname - network device interface name associated with
+ ========== =============================================
+ ifname network device interface name associated with
this function instance
- qmult - queue length multiplier for high and
+ qmult queue length multiplier for high and
super speed
- host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this
+ host_addr MAC address of host's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
- dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this
+ dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this
Ethernet over USB link
+ ========== =============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
index abfe447..dc23fd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1
@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- c_chmask - capture channel mask
- c_srate - capture sampling rate
- c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes)
- p_chmask - playback channel mask
- p_srate - playback sampling rate
- p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes)
- req_number - the number of pre-allocated request
- for both capture and playback
+ ========== ===================================
+ c_chmask capture channel mask
+ c_srate capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask playback channel mask
+ p_srate playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize playback sample size (bytes)
+ req_number the number of pre-allocated request
+ for both capture and playback
+ ========== ===================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
index 2bfdd4e..d4356c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2
@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@
Description:
The attributes:
- c_chmask - capture channel mask
- c_srate - capture sampling rate
- c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes)
- p_chmask - playback channel mask
- p_srate - playback sampling rate
- p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes)
+ ========= ============================
+ c_chmask capture channel mask
+ c_srate capture sampling rate
+ c_ssize capture sample size (bytes)
+ p_chmask playback channel mask
+ p_srate playback sampling rate
+ p_ssize playback sample size (bytes)
+ ========= ============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
index 809765b..ac5e11a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -3,9 +3,11 @@
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: UVC function directory
- streaming_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only)
- streaming_maxpacket - 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss)
- streaming_interval - 1..16
+ =================== =============================
+ streaming_maxburst 0..15 (ss only)
+ streaming_maxpacket 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss)
+ streaming_interval 1..16
+ =================== =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -13,8 +15,11 @@
Description: Control descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bInterfaceNumber - USB interface number for this
- streaming interface
+
+ ================ =============================
+ bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this
+ streaming interface
+ ================ =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -47,13 +52,16 @@
Description: Default output terminal descriptors
All attributes read only:
- iTerminal - index of string descriptor
- bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this terminal
+
+ ============== =============================================
+ iTerminal index of string descriptor
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal
is connected
- bAssocTerminal - id of the input terminal to which this output
+ bAssocTerminal id of the input terminal to which this output
terminal is associated
- wTerminalType - terminal type
- bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal
+ wTerminalType terminal type
+ bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal
+ ============== =============================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -66,16 +74,19 @@
Description: Default camera terminal descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are
- supported for the video stream
- wOcularFocalLength - the value of Locular
- wObjectiveFocalLengthMax- the value of Lmin
- wObjectiveFocalLengthMin- the value of Lmax
- iTerminal - index of string descriptor
- bAssocTerminal - id of the output terminal to which
- this terminal is connected
- wTerminalType - terminal type
- bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal
+
+ ======================== ====================================
+ bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are
+ supported for the video stream
+ wOcularFocalLength the value of Locular
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMax the value of Lmin
+ wObjectiveFocalLengthMin the value of Lmax
+ iTerminal index of string descriptor
+ bAssocTerminal id of the output terminal to which
+ this terminal is connected
+ wTerminalType terminal type
+ bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal
+ ======================== ====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -88,13 +99,16 @@
Description: Default processing unit descriptors
All attributes read only:
- iProcessing - index of string descriptor
- bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are
+
+ =============== ========================================
+ iProcessing index of string descriptor
+ bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are
supported for the video stream
- wMaxMultiplier - maximum digital magnification x100
- bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this unit is
+ wMaxMultiplier maximum digital magnification x100
+ bSourceID id of the terminal to which this unit is
connected
- bUnitID - a non-zero id of this unit
+ bUnitID a non-zero id of this unit
+ =============== ========================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -114,8 +128,11 @@
Description: Streaming descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bInterfaceNumber - USB interface number for this
- streaming interface
+
+ ================ =============================
+ bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this
+ streaming interface
+ ================ =============================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -148,13 +165,16 @@
Description: Default color matching descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bMatrixCoefficients - matrix used to compute luma and
- chroma values from the color primaries
- bTransferCharacteristics- optoelectronic transfer
- characteristic of the source picutre,
- also called the gamma function
- bColorPrimaries - color primaries and the reference
- white
+
+ ======================== ======================================
+ bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and
+ chroma values from the color primaries
+ bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer
+ characteristic of the source picutre,
+ also called the gamma function
+ bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference
+ white
+ ======================== ======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -168,47 +188,52 @@
All attributes read only,
except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex:
- bFormatIndex - unique id for this format descriptor;
+
+ =================== =====================================
+ bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor;
only defined after parent header is
linked into the streaming class;
read-only
- bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in
+ bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in
the streaming header
- bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information,
+ bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information,
read-only
- bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bmFlags - characteristics of this format,
+ bmFlags characteristics of this format,
read-only
- bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream
+ bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream
+ =================== =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name
Date: Dec 2014
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors
- bFrameIndex - unique id for this framedescriptor;
- only defined after parent format is
- linked into the streaming header;
- read-only
- dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be
- programmed; a number of values
- separated by newline can be specified
- dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would
- like to use as default
- dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the
- compressor will produce for a video
- frame or still image
- dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest
- frame interval in bps
- dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest
- frame interval in bps
- wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px
- wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px
- bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate
- support
+ ========================= =====================================
+ bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor;
+ only defined after parent format is
+ linked into the streaming header;
+ read-only
+ dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+ ========================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -220,50 +245,54 @@
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors
- bFormatIndex - unique id for this format descriptor;
+ ================== =======================================
+ bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor;
only defined after parent header is
linked into the streaming class;
read-only
- bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in
+ bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in
the streaming header
- bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information,
+ bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information,
read-only
- bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect
+ bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect
ratio, read-only
- bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream
- bBitsPerPixel - number of bits per pixel used to
+ bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream
+ bBitsPerPixel number of bits per pixel used to
specify color in the decoded video
frame
- guidFormat - globally unique id used to identify
+ guidFormat globally unique id used to identify
stream-encoding format
+ ================== =======================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name
Date: Dec 2014
KernelVersion: 4.0
Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors
- bFrameIndex - unique id for this framedescriptor;
- only defined after parent format is
- linked into the streaming header;
- read-only
- dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be
- programmed; a number of values
- separated by newline can be specified
- dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would
- like to use as default
- dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the
- compressor will produce for a video
- frame or still image
- dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest
- frame interval in bps
- dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest
- frame interval in bps
- wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px
- wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px
- bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate
- support
+ ========================= =====================================
+ bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor;
+ only defined after parent format is
+ linked into the streaming header;
+ read-only
+ dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be
+ programmed; a number of values
+ separated by newline can be specified
+ dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would
+ like to use as default
+ dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the
+ compressor will produce for a video
+ frame or still image
+ dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest
+ frame interval in bps
+ dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest
+ frame interval in bps
+ wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px
+ wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px
+ bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate
+ support
+ ========================= =====================================
What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header
Date: Dec 2014
@@ -276,17 +305,20 @@
Description: Specific streaming header descriptors
All attributes read only:
- bTriggerUsage - how the host software will respond to
+
+ ==================== =====================================
+ bTriggerUsage how the host software will respond to
a hardware trigger interrupt event
- bTriggerSupport - flag specifying if hardware
+ bTriggerSupport flag specifying if hardware
triggering is supported
- bStillCaptureMethod - method of still image caputre
+ bStillCaptureMethod method of still image caputre
supported
- bTerminalLink - id of the output terminal to which
+ bTerminalLink id of the output terminal to which
the video endpoint of this interface
is connected
- bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming
+ bmInfo capabilities of this video streaming
interface
+ ==================== =====================================
What: /sys/class/udc/udc.name/device/gadget/video4linux/video.name/function_name
Date: May 2018
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
index 4c3596c..8debcb0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
commands.
Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'.
-So this must work:
+So this must work::
$ cat error-inj >einj.txt
$ cat einj.txt >error-inj
@@ -37,4 +37,4 @@
The following CEC error injection implementations exist:
-- Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst
+- Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
index a73601c..c5d678d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -8,6 +8,29 @@
only when the IOMMU is disabled.
The acceptable value is a string that starts with "0x"
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_gate
+Date: May 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allow the root user to disable/enable in runtime the clock
+ gating mechanism in Gaudi. Due to how Gaudi is built, the
+ clock gating needs to be disabled in order to access the
+ registers of the TPC and MME engines. This is sometimes needed
+ during debug by the user and hence the user needs this option.
+ The user can supply a bitmask value, each bit represents
+ a different engine to disable/enable its clock gating feature.
+ The bitmask is composed of 20 bits:
+
+ ======= ============
+ 0 - 7 DMA channels
+ 8 - 11 MME engines
+ 12 - 19 TPC engines
+ ======= ============
+
+ The bit's location of a specific engine can be determined
+ using (1 << GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_*). GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_* values
+ are defined in uapi habanalabs.h file in enum gaudi_engine_id
+
What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_buffers
Date: Jan 2019
KernelVersion: 5.1
@@ -40,6 +63,7 @@
the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
move the bar before and after the transaction.
+
If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read
or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory
@@ -54,6 +78,7 @@
the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
move the bar before and after the transaction.
+
If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read
or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory
@@ -150,3 +175,10 @@
Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
Description: Displays a list with information about all the active virtual
address mappings per ASID
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/stop_on_err
+Date: Mar 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of
+ "0" is for disable, otherwise enable.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
index 6546115..ab6099d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
the global lock should get used.
Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
-the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from `/sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe`):
/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@
should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
or writing to them.
-CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
-what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
-This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
-not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
+CAUTION:
+ Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+ what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+ This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+ not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre
index ec4a79e..b4be5f1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE.
Only available for PF.
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/regs
Date: Sep 2019
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Dump debug registers from the QM.
@@ -44,14 +44,97 @@
Date: Sep 2019
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to
- show its debug registers in above qm_regs.
+ show its debug registers in above regs.
Only available for PF.
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
Date: Sep 2019
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
-Description: QM debug registers(qm_regs) read clear control. 1 means enable
+Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable
register read clear, otherwise 0.
Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or
disable counters clear after reading of these registers.
Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/err_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for
+ QM task completion.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/mb_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/status
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the status of the QM.
+ Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of sent requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/recv_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of received requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_busy_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of requests sent
+ with returning busy.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_fail_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of completed but error requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/invalid_req_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/overtime_thrhld
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Set the threshold time for counting the request which is
+ processed longer than the threshold.
+ 0: disable(default), 1: 1 microsecond.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/over_thrhld_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of time out requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec
index 06adb89..85feb44 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec
@@ -1,10 +1,4 @@
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/sec_dfx
-Date: Oct 2019
-Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
-Description: Dump the debug registers of SEC cores.
- Only available for PF.
-
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/clear_enable
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/clear_enable
Date: Oct 2019
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading
@@ -12,7 +6,7 @@
0: disable, 1: enable.
Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC.
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/current_qm
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/current_qm
Date: Oct 2019
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: One SEC controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function
@@ -20,24 +14,100 @@
qm refers to.
Only available for PF.
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs
Date: Oct 2019
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Dump of QM related debug registers.
Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only
has one debug register.
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/qm/current_q
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/current_q
Date: Oct 2019
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: One QM of SEC may contain multiple queues. Select specific
- queue to show its debug registers in above 'qm_regs'.
+ queue to show its debug registers in above 'regs'.
Only available for PF.
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
Date: Oct 2019
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading
the SEC's QM debug registers.
0: disable, 1: enable.
Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/err_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for
+ QM task completion.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/mb_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/status
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the status of the QM.
+ Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of sent requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/recv_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of received requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_busy_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of requests sent with returning busy.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/err_bd_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests
+ to be received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/invalid_req_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/done_flag_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of completed but marked error requests
+ to be received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip
index a7c63e6..3034a2b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to.
Only available for PF.
-What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/regs
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: Dump of QM related debug registers.
@@ -37,14 +37,78 @@
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to
- show its debug registers in above qm_regs.
+ show its debug registers in above regs.
Only available for PF.
What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
Date: Nov 2018
Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
-Description: QM debug registers(qm_regs) read clear control. 1 means enable
+Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable
register read clear, otherwise 0.
Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or
disable counters clear after reading of these registers.
Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/err_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for
+ QM task completion.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/mb_err
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/status
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the status of the QM.
+ Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of sent requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/recv_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of received requests.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_busy_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of requests received
+ with returning busy.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/err_bd_cnt
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests
+ to be received.
+ Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
index 67b1717..6eee10c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet
@@ -2,13 +2,19 @@
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal.
+Description: (Read) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal.
Returns N+1 bytes, where N is the number of Moxtet connected
modules. The first byte is from the CPU board itself.
- Example: 101214
- 10: CPU board with SD card
- 12: 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active
- 14: 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active
+
+ Example::
+
+ 101214
+
+ == =======================================
+ 10 CPU board with SD card
+ 12 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active
+ 14 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active
+ == =======================================
What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/output
Date: March 2019
@@ -17,7 +23,13 @@
Description: (RW) Read last written value to the shift registers, in
hexadecimal, or write values to the shift registers, also
in hexadecimal.
- Example: 0102
- 01: 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the
- first module's shift register
- 02: the same for second module
+
+ Example::
+
+ 0102
+
+ == ================================================
+ 01 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the
+ first module's shift register
+ 02 the same for second module
+ == ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
index 685d5a4..f75a655 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto
@@ -4,42 +4,42 @@
Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Description:
- These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
+These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in
arch/powerpc/crypto/nx.
Error Detection
===============
errors:
-- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
-only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
+ A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The
+ only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP.
last_error:
-- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
-recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
+ The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not
+ recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away).
last_error_pid:
-- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
-hcall.
+ The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the
+ hcall.
Device Use
==========
aes_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
-supported modes.
+ The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's
+ supported modes.
aes_ops:
-- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware.
sha256_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
+ The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256.
sha256_ops:
-- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware.
sha512_bytes:
-- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
+ The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512.
sha512_ops:
-- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
+ The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
index cf11736..f6f65a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -4,16 +4,15 @@
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
-debugfs interface
------------------
-
The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
these files in debugfs:
/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
- info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
-Example:
--------
+ ==== ====== ====================================
+ info 0444 Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+ ==== ====== ====================================
-cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
+Example::
+
+ cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..326df1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/turris-mox-rwtm/do_sign
+Date: Jun 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description:
+
+ ======= ===========================================================
+ (Write) Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in
+ device's OTP. The message must be exactly 64 bytes
+ (since this is intended for SHA-512 hashes).
+ (Read) The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the
+ R and S values of the ECDSA signature, both in
+ big-endian format.
+ ======= ===========================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
index 9d8d9d2..682e3c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
@@ -27,16 +27,17 @@
for writing, two for the type and at least a single byte of
data.
- Example:
- // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
- // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with
- // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00]
- $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
- // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
- // included after the raw hex.
- // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...]
- $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
- 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8...
+ Example::
+
+ // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
+ // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with
+ // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00]
+ $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+ // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
+ // included after the raw hex.
+ // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...]
+ $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+ 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8...
Note that the first 16 bytes of the received MBOX[] will be
printed, even if some of the data is junk, and skipping bytes
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
index fc919ce..5f3a0dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi
@@ -10,29 +10,29 @@
<uapi/linux/wmi.h>
1) To perform an SMBIOS call from userspace, you'll need to
- first determine the minimum size of the calling interface
- buffer for your machine.
- Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger
- objects from the system firmware.
- Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k.
+ first determine the minimum size of the calling interface
+ buffer for your machine.
+ Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger
+ objects from the system firmware.
+ Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k.
- To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from
- the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios.
+ To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from
+ the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios.
2) After you've determined the minimum size of the calling
- interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents
- the structure documented above.
+ interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents
+ the structure documented above.
3) In the 'length' object store the size of the buffer you
- determined above and allocated.
+ determined above and allocated.
4) In this buffer object, prepare as necessary for the SMBIOS
- call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have
- "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide
- with the data you are interested in.
- Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope
- of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for
- further documentation on these values.
+ call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have
+ "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide
+ with the data you are interested in.
+ Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope
+ of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for
+ further documentation on these values.
6) Run the call by using ioctl() as described in the header.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
index f307506e..a377b6c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
to the kernel's printk buffer.
Injecting messages:
+
Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in
the kernel's printk buffer.
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@
the messages can always be reliably determined.
Accessing the buffer:
+
Every read() from the opened device node receives one record
of the kernel's printk buffer.
@@ -48,6 +50,7 @@
if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader.
The device supports seek with the following parameters:
+
SEEK_SET, 0
seek to the first entry in the buffer
SEEK_END, 0
@@ -56,6 +59,17 @@
seek after the last record available at the time
the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued.
+ Other seek operations or offsets are not supported because of
+ the special behavior this device has. The device allows to read
+ or write only whole variable length messages (records) that are
+ stored in a ring buffer.
+
+ Because of the non-standard behavior also the error values are
+ non-standard. -ESPIPE is returned for non-zero offset. -EINVAL
+ is returned for other operations, e.g. SEEK_CUR. This behavior
+ and values are historical and could not be modified without the
+ risk of breaking userspace.
+
The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog
prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message
sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds,
@@ -76,18 +90,22 @@
readable context of the message, for reliable processing in
userspace.
- Example:
- 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
- SUBSYSTEM=acpi
- DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
- 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
- 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
+ Example::
+
+ 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored)
+ SUBSYSTEM=acpi
+ DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00
+ 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10
+ 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181
The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way:
- b12:8 - block dev_t
- c127:3 - char dev_t
- n8 - netdev ifindex
- +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname
+
+ ============ =================
+ b12:8 block dev_t
+ c127:3 char dev_t
+ n8 netdev ifindex
+ +sound:card0 subsystem:devname
+ ============ =================
The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
fragment of a line. Note, that these hints about continuation
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
index 201d103..3c477ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm
@@ -17,26 +17,33 @@
echoing a value to <securityfs>/evm made up of the
following bits:
+ === ==================================================
Bit Effect
+ === ==================================================
0 Enable HMAC validation and creation
1 Enable digital signature validation
2 Permit modification of EVM-protected metadata at
runtime. Not supported if HMAC validation and
creation is enabled.
31 Disable further runtime modification of EVM policy
+ === ==================================================
- For example:
+ For example::
- echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
+ echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable HMAC validation and creation
- echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm
+ ::
+
+ echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable HMAC and digital signature validation and
HMAC creation and disable all further modification of policy.
- echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm
+ ::
+
+ echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm
will enable digital signature validation, permit
modification of EVM-protected metadata and
@@ -65,7 +72,7 @@
Shows the set of extended attributes used to calculate or
validate the EVM signature, and allows additional attributes
to be added at runtime. Any signatures generated after
- additional attributes are added (and on files posessing those
+ additional attributes are added (and on files possessing those
additional attributes) will only be valid if the same
additional attributes are configured on system boot. Writing
a single period (.) will lock the xattr list from any further
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
index 7b265fbb..66bdcd1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev
@@ -12,15 +12,16 @@
The following file operations are supported:
open(2)
- Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
+ Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR.
ioctl(2)
- Initiate various actions.
- See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>
- for descriptions of all ioctls.
+ Initiate various actions.
+
+ See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>
+ for descriptions of all ioctls.
close(2)
- Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated
- with the file descriptor.
+ Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated
+ with the file descriptor.
Users: TBD
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
index cd57291..e35263f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -15,19 +15,22 @@
IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements
for local measurement appraisal.
- rule format: action [condition ...]
+ ::
- action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise |
- audit | hash | dont_hash
- condition:= base | lsm [option]
+ rule format: action [condition ...]
+
+ action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise |
+ audit | hash | dont_hash
+ condition:= base | lsm [option]
base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=]
[euid=] [fowner=] [fsname=]]
lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
[obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
option: [[appraise_type=]] [template=] [permit_directio]
[appraise_flag=] [keyrings=]
- base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
- [FIRMWARE_CHECK]
+ base:
+ func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK]MODULE_CHECK]
+ [FIRMWARE_CHECK]
[KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK]
[KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK]
mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND]
@@ -37,8 +40,9 @@
uid:= decimal value
euid:= decimal value
fowner:= decimal value
- lsm: are LSM specific
- option: appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig]
+ lsm: are LSM specific
+ option:
+ appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig]
appraise_flag:= [check_blacklist]
Currently, blacklist check is only for files signed with appended
signature.
@@ -49,7 +53,7 @@
(eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure".
pcr:= decimal value
- default policy:
+ default policy:
# PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0
@@ -97,7 +101,8 @@
Examples of LSM specific definitions:
- SELinux:
+ SELinux::
+
dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t
dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
@@ -105,10 +110,11 @@
measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
- Smack:
+ Smack::
+
measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
- Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs:
+ Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs::
measure func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK pcr=4
measure func=KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK pcr=5
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
index 70dcaf2..e58d641 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -6,32 +6,38 @@
of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
fields:
- 1 - major number
- 2 - minor mumber
- 3 - device name
- 4 - reads completed successfully
- 5 - reads merged
- 6 - sectors read
- 7 - time spent reading (ms)
- 8 - writes completed
- 9 - writes merged
- 10 - sectors written
- 11 - time spent writing (ms)
- 12 - I/Os currently in progress
- 13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ == ===================================
+ 1 major number
+ 2 minor mumber
+ 3 device name
+ 4 reads completed successfully
+ 5 reads merged
+ 6 sectors read
+ 7 time spent reading (ms)
+ 8 writes completed
+ 9 writes merged
+ 10 sectors written
+ 11 time spent writing (ms)
+ 12 I/Os currently in progress
+ 13 time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 14 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ == ===================================
Kernel 4.18+ appends four more fields for discard
tracking putting the total at 18:
- 15 - discards completed successfully
- 16 - discards merged
- 17 - sectors discarded
- 18 - time spent discarding
+ == ===================================
+ 15 discards completed successfully
+ 16 discards merged
+ 17 sectors discarded
+ 18 time spent discarding
+ == ===================================
Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests:
- 19 - flush requests completed successfully
- 20 - time spent flushing
+ == =====================================
+ 19 flush requests completed successfully
+ 20 time spent flushing
+ == =====================================
For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
index 274df44..a4e31c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup
@@ -11,31 +11,31 @@
Additionally, the fields Pss_Anon, Pss_File and Pss_Shmem
are not present in /proc/pid/smaps. These fields represent
the sum of the Pss field of each type (anon, file, shmem).
- For more details, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+ For more details, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst
and the procfs man page.
- Typical output looks like this:
+ Typical output looks like this::
- 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup]
- Size: 1192 kB
- KernelPageSize: 4 kB
- MMUPageSize: 4 kB
- Rss: 884 kB
- Pss: 385 kB
- Pss_Anon: 301 kB
- Pss_File: 80 kB
- Pss_Shmem: 4 kB
- Shared_Clean: 696 kB
- Shared_Dirty: 0 kB
- Private_Clean: 120 kB
- Private_Dirty: 68 kB
- Referenced: 884 kB
- Anonymous: 68 kB
- LazyFree: 0 kB
- AnonHugePages: 0 kB
- ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB
- Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB
- Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB
- Swap: 0 kB
- SwapPss: 0 kB
- Locked: 385 kB
+ 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup]
+ Size: 1192 kB
+ KernelPageSize: 4 kB
+ MMUPageSize: 4 kB
+ Rss: 884 kB
+ Pss: 385 kB
+ Pss_Anon: 301 kB
+ Pss_File: 80 kB
+ Pss_Shmem: 4 kB
+ Shared_Clean: 696 kB
+ Shared_Dirty: 0 kB
+ Private_Clean: 120 kB
+ Private_Dirty: 68 kB
+ Referenced: 884 kB
+ Anonymous: 68 kB
+ LazyFree: 0 kB
+ AnonHugePages: 0 kB
+ ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB
+ Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB
+ Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB
+ Swap: 0 kB
+ SwapPss: 0 kB
+ Locked: 385 kB
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
index d45209a..5b02540 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore
@@ -9,25 +9,25 @@
provide a generic interface to show records captured in
the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part
of the console log is captured, but other interesting
- data can also be saved.
+ data can also be saved::
- # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
+ # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore
- $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
- total 0
- -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
+ $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/
+ total 0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1
Different users of this interface will result in different
filename prefixes. Currently two are defined:
- "dmesg" - saved console log
- "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
+ - "dmesg" - saved console log
+ - "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error
Once the information in a file has been read, removing
the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage
- device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use.
+ device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use::
- $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
+ $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1
The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/
will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store
@@ -44,4 +44,3 @@
backends are available, the preferred backend may be
set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at
boot time.
-
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index ed8c14f..e34cdee 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -4,23 +4,27 @@
Description:
The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
- 1 - reads completed successfully
- 2 - reads merged
- 3 - sectors read
- 4 - time spent reading (ms)
- 5 - writes completed
- 6 - writes merged
- 7 - sectors written
- 8 - time spent writing (ms)
- 9 - I/Os currently in progress
- 10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
- 12 - discards completed
- 13 - discards merged
- 14 - sectors discarded
- 15 - time spent discarding (ms)
- 16 - flush requests completed
- 17 - time spent flushing (ms)
+
+ == ==============================================
+ 1 reads completed successfully
+ 2 reads merged
+ 3 sectors read
+ 4 time spent reading (ms)
+ 5 writes completed
+ 6 writes merged
+ 7 sectors written
+ 8 time spent writing (ms)
+ 9 I/Os currently in progress
+ 10 time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 11 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 12 discards completed
+ 13 discards merged
+ 14 sectors discarded
+ 15 time spent discarding (ms)
+ 16 flush requests completed
+ 17 time spent flushing (ms)
+ == ==============================================
+
For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
@@ -273,6 +277,24 @@
device ("host-aware" or "host-managed" zone model). For regular
block devices, the value is always 0.
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_active_zones
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
+Description:
+ For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating
+ "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to
+ any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN, IMPLICIT OPEN or CLOSED,
+ is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_open_zones
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
+Description:
+ For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating
+ "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to
+ any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN or IMPLICIT OPEN,
+ is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit.
+
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/chunk_sectors
Date: September 2016
Contact: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
index 17f2bc7..aa0fb50 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device
@@ -8,11 +8,13 @@
It has the following valid values:
+ == ========================================================
0 OFF - the LED is not activated on activity
1 BLINK_ON - the LED blinks on every 10ms when activity is
detected.
2 BLINK_OFF - the LED is on when idle, and blinks off
every 10ms when activity is detected.
+ == ========================================================
Note that the user must turn sw_activity OFF it they wish to
control the activity LED via the em_message file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14a6fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/unmap_device
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: To unmap a volume, "normal" or "force" has to be written to:
+ /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/unmap_device
+
+ When "normal" is used, the operation will fail with EBUSY if any process
+ is using the device. When "force" is used, the device is also unmapped
+ when device is in use. All I/Os that are in progress will fail.
+
+ Example::
+
+ # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device
+
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/state
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: The file contains the current state of the block device. The state file
+ returns "open" when the device is successfully mapped from the server
+ and accepting I/O requests. When the connection to the server gets
+ disconnected in case of an error (e.g. link failure), the state file
+ returns "closed" and all I/O requests submitted to it will fail with -EIO.
+
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/session
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RNBD uses RTRS session to transport the data between client and
+ server. The entry "session" contains the name of the session, that
+ was used to establish the RTRS session. It's the same name that
+ was passed as server parameter to the map_device entry.
+
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/mapping_path
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains the path that was passed as "device_path" to the map_device
+ operation.
+
+What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/access_mode
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
index e7898cf..58abacf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace
object associated with the device object. For example,
\_SB_.PCI0.
+
This file is not present for device objects representing
fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep
buttons).
@@ -67,14 +68,16 @@
The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's
status bitmap:
- Bit [0] – Set if the device is present.
- Bit [1] – Set if the device is enabled and decoding its
- resources.
- Bit [2] – Set if the device should be shown in the UI.
- Bit [3] – Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared if
- device failed its diagnostics).
- Bit [4] – Set if the battery is present.
- Bits [31:5] – Reserved (must be cleared)
+ =========== ==================================================
+ Bit [0] Set if the device is present.
+ Bit [1] Set if the device is enabled and decoding its
+ resources.
+ Bit [2] Set if the device should be shown in the UI.
+ Bit [3] Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared
+ if device failed its diagnostics).
+ Bit [4] Set if the battery is present.
+ Bits [31:5] Reserved (must be cleared)
+ =========== ==================================================
If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device
that is not present cannot be enabled).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti
index 9d11502..bf2869c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti
@@ -8,50 +8,50 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered.
+Description: (Read) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/ctmid
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Display the associated CTM ID
+Description: (Read) Display the associated CTM ID
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/nr_trigger_cons
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI
+Description: (Read) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/name
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Name of connected device <N>
+Description: (Read) Name of connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_signals
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Input trigger signals from connected device <N>
+Description: (Read) Input trigger signals from connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_types
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Functional types for the input trigger signals
+Description: (Read) Functional types for the input trigger signals
from connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_signals
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Output trigger signals to connected device <N>
+Description: (Read) Output trigger signals to connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_types
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Functional types for the output trigger signals
+Description: (Read) Functional types for the output trigger signals
to connected device <N>
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inout_sel
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Write the INTACK register.
+Description: (Write) Write the INTACK register.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appset
Date: March 2020
@@ -101,99 +101,99 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel.
+Description: (Write) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/apppulse
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock
+Description: (Write) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock
cycle.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/chinstatus
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Read current status of channel inputs.
+Description: (Read) Read current status of channel inputs.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/choutstatus
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) read current status of channel outputs.
+Description: (Read) read current status of channel outputs.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/triginstatus
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) read current status of input trigger signals
+Description: (Read) read current status of input trigger signals
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/trigoutstatus
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) read current status of output trigger signals.
+Description: (Read) read current status of output trigger signals.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_attach
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel.
+Description: (Write) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_detach
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel.
+Description: (Write) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_attach
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel.
+Description: (Write) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_detach
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel.
+Description: (Write) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_enable
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (W) or list enabled
+Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (Write) or list enabled
channels through the gate (R).
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_disable
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Disable CTIGATE for single channel.
+Description: (Write) Disable CTIGATE for single channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_set
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Activate a single channel.
+Description: (Write) Activate a single channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_clear
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Deactivate a single channel.
+Description: (Write) Deactivate a single channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_pulse
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle.
+Description: (Write) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_filtered
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) List of output triggers filtered across all connections.
+Description: (Read) List of output triggers filtered across all connections.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trig_filter_enable
Date: March 2020
@@ -205,13 +205,13 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal.
+Description: (Read) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_free
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) show channels with no attached trigger signals.
+Description: (Read) show channels with no attached trigger signals.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_sel
Date: March 2020
@@ -224,18 +224,18 @@
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view
+Description: (Read) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view
channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_out
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (R) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view
+Description: (Read) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view
channel.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_reset
Date: March 2020
KernelVersion 5.7
Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier
-Description: (W) Clear all channel / trigger programming.
+Description: (Write) Clear all channel / trigger programming.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
index b5f52608..9a383f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10
@@ -4,7 +4,10 @@
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple
source for a single sink.
- ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
+
+ ex::
+
+ echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr
Date: November 2014
@@ -20,21 +23,21 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of
+Description: (Read) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of
2. The value is read directly from HW register RDP, 0x004.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/sts
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value
is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rrp
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register
that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB
interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP,
0x014.
@@ -43,7 +46,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register
that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from
the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly
from HW register RWP, 0x018.
@@ -52,21 +55,21 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
+Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ctl
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value
is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffsr
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status
register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR,
0x300.
@@ -74,6 +77,6 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control
register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR,
0x304.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
index 924265a..651602a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x
@@ -146,28 +146,28 @@
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible
on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit,
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit,
as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a
+Description: (Read) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a
trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
to its boot configuration.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
Date: November 2014
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Holds the current state of the sequencer.
+Description: (Read) Holds the current state of the sequencer.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq
Date: November 2014
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
index 614874e..881f0cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x
@@ -12,75 +12,75 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with.
+Description: (Read) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_pe_cmp
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are
available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_addr_cmp
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are
available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_cntr
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of counters that are available for
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of counters that are available for
tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ext_inp
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented.
+Description: (Read) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numcidc
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are
available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numvmidc
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available
for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nrseqstate
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are
implemented.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_resource
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are
available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ss_cmp
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that
+Description: (Read) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that
are available for tracing.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/reset
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
+Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back
to its boot configuration.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mode
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
Date: December 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the current settings for the selected address
+Description: (Read) Print the current settings for the selected address
comparator.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_idx
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
Date: December 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the current value of the selected single shot
+Description: (Read) Print the current value of the selected single shot
status register.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_pe_ctrl
@@ -333,111 +333,111 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304).
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304).
The value it taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdcr
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register
(0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdsr
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register
(0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trclsr
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register
(0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcauthstatus
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register
(0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevid
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Device ID Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device ID Register
(0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevtype
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Device Type Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Type Register
(0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr0
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register
(0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr1
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register
(0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr2
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register
(0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr3
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register
(0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcconfig
Date: February 2016
KernelVersion: 4.07
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the trace configuration register
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace configuration register
(0x010) as currently set by SW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trctraceid
Date: February 2016
KernelVersion: 4.07
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040).
+Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040).
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr0
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0).
+Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr1
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4).
+Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr2
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address,
+Description: (Read) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address,
VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit
(0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the value associated with various resources
+Description: (Read) Returns the value associated with various resources
available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell
architecture specification for more details (0x1E8).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
@@ -454,42 +454,42 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0).
+Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr5
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4).
+Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4).
The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr8
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction
+Description: (Read) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction
trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr9
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit
can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr10
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit
can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr11
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the
trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from
the HW.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that
the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly
from the HW.
@@ -505,6 +505,6 @@
Date: April 2015
KernelVersion: 4.01
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys
+Description: (Read) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys
that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken
directly from the HW.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm
index 1dffabe..53e1f48 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
Date: April 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific
+Description: (Read) List various control and status registers. The specific
layout and content is driver specific.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/traceid
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
index ab49b9a..6aa5272 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc
@@ -11,21 +11,21 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer.
+Description: (Read) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer.
The value is read directly from HW register RSZ, 0x004.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/sts
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value
is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rrp
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register
that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB
interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP,
0x014.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register
that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from
the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly
from HW register RWP, 0x018.
@@ -43,21 +43,21 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
+Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is
read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ctl
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value
is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020.
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffsr
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status
register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR,
0x300.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control
register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR,
0x304.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which
+Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which
indicate the mode the device has been configured to enact. The
The value is read directly from the MODE register, 0x028.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
Date: March 2016
KernelVersion: 4.7
Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
-Description: (R) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC.
+Description: (Read) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC.
The value is read directly from the DEVID register, 0xFC8,
What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buffer_size
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
index 966f850..12a733f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
during subchannel recognition.
+
Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
Users: s390-tools, HAL
@@ -31,6 +32,7 @@
channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily
in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
+
Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
Users: s390-tools, HAL
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@
opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
"none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
Note that unlike the mechanism of the same name for pci, this
file does not allow to override basic matching rules. I.e.,
the driver must still match the subchannel type of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0265ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/type
+Date: Aug 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns type of DFL FIU of the device. Now DFL
+ supports 2 FIU types, 0 for FME, 1 for PORT.
+
+ Format: 0x%x
+
+What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/feature_id
+Date: Aug 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. It returns feature identifier local to its DFL FIU
+ type.
+
+ Format: 0x%x
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63a32dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/format
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
+ that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu.
+ (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format).
+
+ Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
+ perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
+ below::
+
+ event = "config:0-11" - event ID
+ evtype = "config:12-15" - event type
+ portid = "config:16-23" - event source
+
+ For example::
+
+ fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+
+ It shows this fab_mmio_read is a fabric type (0x02) event with
+ 0x06 local event id for overall monitoring (portid=0xff).
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/cpumask
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. This file always returns cpu which the PMU is bound
+ for access to all fme pmu performance monitoring events.
+
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/events
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com>
+Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring
+ events specific to fme. Each attribute in this group describes
+ a single performance monitoring event supported by this fme pmu.
+ The name of the file is the name of the event.
+ (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events).
+
+ All supported performance monitoring events are listed below.
+
+ Basic events (evtype=0x00)::
+
+ clock = "event=0x00,evtype=0x00,portid=0xff"
+
+ Cache events (evtype=0x01)::
+
+ cache_read_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_read_miss = "event=0x01,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_write_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_write_miss = "event=0x03,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_hold_request = "event=0x05,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_data_write_port_contention =
+ "event=0x06,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_tag_write_port_contention =
+ "event=0x07,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_tx_req_stall = "event=0x08,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_rx_req_stall = "event=0x09,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+ cache_eviction = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff"
+
+ Fabric events (evtype=0x02)::
+
+ fab_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_pcie1_read = "event=0x02,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_pcie1_write = "event=0x03,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_upi_read = "event=0x04,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_upi_write = "event=0x05,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff"
+ fab_port_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_pcie1_read = "event=0x02,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_pcie1_write = "event=0x03,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_upi_read = "event=0x04,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_upi_write = "event=0x05,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+ fab_port_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=?"
+
+ VTD events (evtype=0x03)::
+
+ vtd_port_read_transaction = "event=0x00,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_write_transaction = "event=0x01,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_read_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_write_hit = "event=0x03,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_4k_fill = "event=0x04,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_2m_fill = "event=0x05,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+ vtd_port_devtlb_1g_fill = "event=0x06,evtype=0x03,portid=?"
+
+ VTD SIP events (evtype=0x04)::
+
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_hit = "event=0x01,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_1g_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_slpwc_l3_hit = "event=0x03,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_slpwc_l4_hit = "event=0x04,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_rcc_hit = "event=0x05,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_miss = "event=0x06,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_miss = "event=0x07,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_iotlb_1g_miss = "event=0x08,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_slpwc_l3_miss = "event=0x09,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_slpwc_l4_miss = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
+ vtd_sip_rcc_miss = "event=0x0b,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff"
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
index 5bb793e..df7ccc1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format
@@ -10,7 +10,8 @@
name/value pairs.
Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes
- define overlapping bit ranges. For example:
+ define overlapping bit ranges. For example::
+
attr1 = 'config:0-23'
attr2 = 'config:0-7'
attr3 = 'config:12-35'
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
index ec27c6c..de390a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7
@@ -1,3 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/format
+Date: September 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
+ that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu.
+ (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format).
+
+ Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
+ perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
+ below::
+
+ chip = "config:16-31"
+ core = "config:16-31"
+ domain = "config:0-3"
+ lpar = "config:0-15"
+ offset = "config:32-63"
+ vcpu = "config:16-31"
+
+ For example::
+
+ PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0"
+
+ In this event, '?' after chip specifies that
+ this value will be provided by user while running this event.
+
What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog
Date: February 2014
Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
@@ -22,6 +47,34 @@
Exposes the "version" field of the 24x7 catalog. This is also
extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry.
+What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/sockets
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of sockets present in the
+ system.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/chipspersocket
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of chips per socket
+ present in the system.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/coresperchip
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of cores per chip
+ present in the system.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/cpumask
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make
+ HCALLs to retrieve hv-24x7 pmu event counter data.
+
What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_descs/<event-name>
Date: February 2014
Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
index 3ca4e55..12e2bf9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci
@@ -1,3 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/format
+Date: September 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits
+ that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu.
+ (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format).
+
+ Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the
+ perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed
+ below::
+
+ counter_info_version = "config:16-23"
+ length = "config:24-31"
+ partition_id = "config:32-63"
+ request = "config:0-31"
+ sibling_part_id = "config:32-63"
+ hw_chip_id = "config:32-63"
+ offset = "config:32-63"
+ phys_processor_idx = "config:32-63"
+ secondary_index = "config:0-15"
+ starting_index = "config:32-63"
+
+ For example::
+
+ processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94,
+ phys_processor_idx=?,counter_info_version=0x8,
+ length=8,offset=0x18"
+
+ In this event, '?' after phys_processor_idx specifies this value
+ this value will be provided by user while running this event.
+
What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/collect_privileged
Date: February 2014
Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
@@ -5,6 +36,7 @@
'0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event
counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical
domain event counters.
+
'1' if that access is allowed.
What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga
@@ -41,3 +73,10 @@
Description:
A number indicating the latest version of the gpci interface
that the kernel is aware of.
+
+What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/cpumask
+Date: October 2020
+Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
+Description: read only
+ This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make
+ HCALLs to retrieve hv-gpci pmu event counter data.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
index 657df13..8fe787c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -3,16 +3,19 @@
KernelVersion: TBD
Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org
Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces.
+
Attributes:
- ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
+ ctlr_create:
+ 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an
<ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a
fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any
per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's
'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login
process.
- ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
+ ctlr_destroy:
+ 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a
fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the
fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected
FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated
@@ -32,11 +35,13 @@
Attributes:
- fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing
+ fcf_dev_loss_tmo:
+ Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing
this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
FCFs discovered by this controller.
- mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
+ mode:
+ Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible
modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller
is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is
initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted.
@@ -44,23 +49,30 @@
FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE
Controller only supports one mode at a time.
- enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
+ enabled:
+ Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled.
0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1
to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller.
- lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
+ lesb/link_fail:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
- lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
+ lesb/vlink_fail:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
failure count.
- lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
+ lesb/miss_fka:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
- lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
+ lesb/symb_err:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
- lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
+ lesb/err_block:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
- lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
+ lesb/fcs_error:
+ Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
Services error count.
Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
@@ -75,31 +87,41 @@
Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take
outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to
be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment.
+
Attributes:
- fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
+ fabric_name:
+ Identifies the fabric that the FCF services.
- switch_name: Identifies the FCF.
+ switch_name:
+ Identifies the FCF.
- priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
+ priority:
+ The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same
fabric.
- selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
+ selected:
+ 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use;
0 indicates that the switch will not be used.
- fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP
+ fc_map:
+ The Fibre Channel MAP
- vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID
+ vfid:
+ The Virtual Fabric ID
- mac: The FCF's MAC address
+ mac:
+ The FCF's MAC address
- fka_period: The FIP Keep-Alive period
+ fka_period:
+ The FIP Keep-Alive period
fabric_state: The internal kernel state
- "Unknown" - Initialization value
- "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
- "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
- "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
+
+ - "Unknown" - Initialization value
+ - "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric
+ - "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF
+ - "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system
dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi
index 320697b..d148214 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi
@@ -36,3 +36,11 @@
Description:
Provides a means of reading/writing a 32 bit value from/to a
specified FSI bus address.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../cfam_reset
+Date: Sept 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description:
+ Provides a means of resetting the cfam that is attached to the
+ FSI device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
index 80256b8..bf3c6af 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@
the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
this location. The format for the location is Object.Id
and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/.
- For example:
- # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind
What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../unbind
Date: December 2016
@@ -17,5 +19,7 @@
driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
this location. The format for the location is Object.Id
and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/.
- For example:
- # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind
+
+ For example::
+
+ # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
index 9de269b..42dfc93 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480
@@ -3,19 +3,25 @@
Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Description:
show what device is attached
- NONE - no device
- USB - USB device is attached
- UART - UART is attached
- CHARGER - Charger is attaced
- JIG - JIG is attached
+
+ ======= ======================
+ NONE no device
+ USB USB device is attached
+ UART UART is attached
+ CHARGER Charger is attaced
+ JIG JIG is attached
+ ======= ======================
What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch
Date: February 2011
Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Description:
show or set the state of manual switch
- VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path
- UART - switch to UART path
- AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path
- DHOST - switch to DHOST path
- AUTO - switch automatically by device
+
+ ======= ==============================
+ VAUDIO switch to VAUDIO path
+ UART switch to UART path
+ AUDIO switch to AUDIO path
+ DHOST switch to DHOST path
+ AUTO switch automatically by device
+ ======= ==============================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
index 0b0de8c..b6c69eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
@@ -6,15 +6,18 @@
Value that exists only for mux devices that can be
written to control the behaviour of the multiplexer on
idle. Possible values:
- -2 - disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used
- channel, which is useful when there is a device
- with an address that conflicts with another
- device on another mux on the same parent bus.
- -1 - leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal
- setting in terms of I2C operations and is the
- default mode.
- 0..<nchans> - set the mux to a predetermined channel,
- which is useful if there is one channel that is
- used almost always, and you want to reduce the
- latency for normal operations after rare
- transactions on other channels
+
+ =========== ===============================================
+ -2 disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used
+ channel, which is useful when there is a device
+ with an address that conflicts with another
+ device on another mux on the same parent bus.
+ -1 leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal
+ setting in terms of I2C operations and is the
+ default mode.
+ 0..<nchans> set the mux to a predetermined channel,
+ which is useful if there is one channel that is
+ used almost always, and you want to reduce the
+ latency for normal operations after rare
+ transactions on other channels
+ =========== ===============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
index 2f332ec..1f4a266 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
@@ -84,6 +84,7 @@
by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
modes.
+
This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller
driving the bus.
@@ -135,6 +136,7 @@
Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device.
Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated
by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
+
See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
modes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index d3e53a6..df42bed 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or
provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g.
periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer).
+
Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not
generalize well and hence are not documented in this file.
X is the IIO index of the trigger.
@@ -40,6 +41,7 @@
buffered samples and events for device X.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
@@ -49,12 +51,13 @@
resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this
parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than
simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this
- effects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs
+ affects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs
direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the
- relevant directories. If it effects all of the above
+ relevant directories. If it affects all of the above
then it is to be found in the base device directory.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency_available
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_sampling_frequency_available
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available
@@ -63,6 +66,7 @@
Description:
When the internal sampling clock can only take a specific set of
frequencies, we can specify the available values with:
+
- a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8"
- a range with minimum, step and maximum frequencies like
"[min step max]"
@@ -374,6 +378,9 @@
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_scale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_scale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_scale
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
@@ -401,21 +408,21 @@
Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production
inaccuracies).
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale
-what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale
-what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale
@@ -483,7 +490,8 @@
If a discrete set of scale values is available, they
are listed in this attribute.
-What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain
@@ -494,6 +502,13 @@
Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels,
<type>_hardwaregain is used.
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain_available
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Lists all available hardware applied gain factors. Shared across all
+ channels.
+
What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency
@@ -652,6 +667,7 @@
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take
different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds
or neither.
+
Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary
depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
@@ -706,6 +722,7 @@
<type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take
different values, but the device can only enable both rate of
change thresholds or neither.
+
Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are
to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may
vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be
@@ -750,9 +767,9 @@
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value
What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value
-what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value
-what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value
-what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value
What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_rising_value
What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_falling_value
KernelVersion: 2.6.37
@@ -761,9 +778,11 @@
Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing
against for the events enabled by
<type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en.
+
If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
threshold value applies to both directions.
+
The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the
value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
@@ -832,11 +851,11 @@
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_hysteresis
What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_either_hysteresis
What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
-what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
-what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis
-what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
-what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
-what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis
+What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis
KernelVersion: 3.13
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
@@ -846,6 +865,7 @@
If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but
direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single
hysteresis value applies to both directions.
+
For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for
this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to
normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value
@@ -892,6 +912,7 @@
Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the
device is comparing against for the events enabled by
<type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en.
+
If separate attributes exist for the two directions,
but direction is not specified for this attribute,
then a single threshold value applies to both directions.
@@ -1013,7 +1034,7 @@
KernelVersion: 3.19
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
- Enables or disables activitity events. Depending on direction
+ Enables or disables activity events. Depending on direction
an event is generated when sensor ENTERS or LEAVES a given state.
What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_value
@@ -1291,6 +1312,7 @@
Proximity measurement indicating that some
object is near the sensor, usually by observing
reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted.
+
Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion
to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements
indicate closer objects, and vice versa. Units after
@@ -1333,6 +1355,7 @@
standardised CIE Erythemal Action Spectrum. UV index values range
from 0 (low) to >=11 (extreme).
+What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_integration_time
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time
@@ -1342,7 +1365,8 @@
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in
- seconds.
+ seconds. If shared across all channels of a given type,
+ <type>_integration_time is used.
What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time
KernelVersion: 4.0
@@ -1434,9 +1458,12 @@
Description:
A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan
elements to wait for.
+
Poll will block until the watermark is reached.
+
Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested
read amount or the low water mark is available.
+
Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the
buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This
allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read
@@ -1465,11 +1492,13 @@
device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples
data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo
will not enabled).
+
If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware
fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will
flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non
blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the
device buffer will also force a flush.
+
When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a
trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings
guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device
@@ -1507,6 +1536,7 @@
A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level
for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one,
then the hardware watermark will remain unset.
@@ -1517,6 +1547,7 @@
A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level
for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this
one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value.
@@ -1528,6 +1559,7 @@
levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it
is not present it means that all the values between
hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported.
+
If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than
hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this
list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the
@@ -1564,12 +1596,15 @@
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_ethanol_raw
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_h2_raw
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_h2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_o2_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_o2_raw
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_voc_raw
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_voc_raw
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
- Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) percentage reading of a substance.
+ Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) reading of a substance. Units
+ after application of scale and offset are percents.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_raw
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistanceX_raw
@@ -1586,7 +1621,8 @@
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
'1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable
- of heater function. Same reading values apply
+ of heater function. Same reading values apply.
+
This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors
to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation
in some humidity environment
@@ -1609,17 +1645,21 @@
Mounting matrix for IIO sensors. This is a rotation matrix which
informs userspace about sensor chip's placement relative to the
main hardware it is mounted on.
+
Main hardware placement is defined according to the local
reference frame related to the physical quantity the sensor
measures.
+
Given that the rotation matrix is defined in a board specific
way (platform data and / or device-tree), the main hardware
reference frame definition is left to the implementor's choice
(see below for a magnetometer example).
+
Applications should apply this rotation matrix to samples so
that when main hardware reference frame is aligned onto local
reference frame, then sensor chip reference frame is also
perfectly aligned with it.
+
Matrix is a 3x3 unitary matrix and typically looks like
[0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Identity matrix
[1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and main hardware
@@ -1628,8 +1668,10 @@
For example, a mounting matrix for a magnetometer sensor informs
userspace about sensor chip's ORIENTATION relative to the main
hardware.
+
More specifically, main hardware orientation is defined with
respect to the LOCAL EARTH GEOMAGNETIC REFERENCE FRAME where :
+
* Y is in the ground plane and positive towards magnetic North ;
* X is in the ground plane, perpendicular to the North axis and
positive towards the East ;
@@ -1638,13 +1680,16 @@
An implementor might consider that for a hand-held device, a
'natural' orientation would be 'front facing camera at the top'.
The main hardware reference frame could then be described as :
+
* Y is in the plane of the screen and is positive towards the
top of the screen ;
* X is in the plane of the screen, perpendicular to Y axis, and
positive towards the right hand side of the screen ;
* Z is perpendicular to the screen plane and positive out of the
screen.
+
Another example for a quadrotor UAV might be :
+
* Y is in the plane of the propellers and positive towards the
front-view camera;
* X is in the plane of the propellers, perpendicular to Y axis,
@@ -1686,6 +1731,7 @@
This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
A list of possible counting directions which are:
+
- "up" : counter device is increasing.
- "down": counter device is decreasing.
@@ -1739,3 +1785,20 @@
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
One of the following thermocouple types: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibambient
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_object_calibambient
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Calibrated ambient temperature for object temperature
+ calculation in milli degrees Celsius.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_raw
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Unscaled light intensity according to CIE 1931/DIN 5033 color space.
+ Units after application of scale are nano nanowatts per square meter.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47e34f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "adxl372-devX-peak"
+KernelVersion:
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The adxl372 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger,
+ which sets the device in a mode in which it will record only the peak acceleration
+ sensed over the set period of time in the events sysfs.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
index 2071f9b..1c2a07f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@
Description:
The DAC is used to find the peak level of an alternating
voltage input signal by a binary search using the output
- of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so:
+ of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so::
+
_
| \
input +------>-------|+ \
@@ -19,10 +20,12 @@
| irq|------<-------'
| |
'-------'
+
The boolean invert attribute (0/1) should be set when the
input signal is centered around the maximum value of the
dac instead of zero. The envelope detector will search
from below in this case and will also invert the result.
+
The edge/level of the interrupt is also switched to its
opposite value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
index f30b4c4..4b01150 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435
@@ -19,9 +19,11 @@
is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different
sensing_modes.
+
The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V.
Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
can not be odd.
+
If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising
threshold is automatically subtracted by one.
@@ -34,10 +36,13 @@
this value then the threshold rising event is pushed.
Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold
is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes.
+
Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different
sensing_modes.
+
The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V.
Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and
can not be odd.
+
If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling
threshold is automatically appended by one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
index efe4c85..1975c7a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32
@@ -5,10 +5,13 @@
The STM32 ADC can be configured to use external trigger sources
(e.g. timers, pwm or exti gpio). Then, it can be tuned to start
conversions on external trigger by either:
+
- "rising-edge"
- "falling-edge"
- "both-edges".
+
Reading returns current trigger polarity.
+
Writing value before enabling conversions sets trigger polarity.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity_available
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
index 6158f83..adf24c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Writing '1' will perform a FOC (Fast Online Calibration). The
- corresponding calibration offsets can be read from *_calibbias
+ corresponding calibration offsets can be read from `*_calibbias`
entries.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/location
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
index 0e66ae9..91439d6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32
@@ -3,14 +3,20 @@
Contact: arnaud.pouliquen@st.com
Description:
For audio purpose only.
+
Used by audio driver to set/get the spi input frequency.
+
This is mandatory if DFSDM is slave on SPI bus, to
provide information on the SPI clock frequency during runtime
Notice that the SPI frequency should be a multiple of sample
frequency to ensure the precision.
- if DFSDM input is SPI master
+
+ if DFSDM input is SPI master:
+
Reading SPI clkout frequency,
error on writing
+
If DFSDM input is SPI Slave:
+
Reading returns value previously set.
Writing value before starting conversions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
index a133fd8..40df5c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08
@@ -15,8 +15,11 @@
first object echoed in meters. Default value is 6.020.
This setting limits the time the driver is waiting for a
echo.
+
Showing the range of available values is represented as the
minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed
in square brackets.
- Example:
- [0.043 0.043 11.008]
+
+ Example::
+
+ [0.043 0.043 11.008]
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
index a91aeab..d065cda 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523
@@ -8,7 +8,9 @@
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+
'1' means that the clock in question is present.
+
'0' means that the clock is missing.
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
index 302de64..544548e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
KernelVersion:
Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
Description:
- Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y:
+ Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y::
- out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x
- out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x
- out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x
- out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x
+ out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x
+ out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x
+ out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x
+ out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown
KernelVersion:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
index 6adba90..66b621f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x
@@ -6,10 +6,14 @@
Get measured values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the
specific stage number corresponding to datasheet stage names
as follows:
- 1 -> LED2
- 2 -> ALED2/LED3
- 3 -> LED1
- 4 -> ALED1/LED4
+
+ == ==========
+ 1 LED2
+ 2 ALED2/LED3
+ 3 LED1
+ 4 ALED1/LED4
+ == ==========
+
Note that channels 5 and 6 represent LED2-ALED2 and LED1-ALED1
respectively which simply helper channels containing the
calculated difference in the value of stage 1 - 2 and 3 - 4.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b78af5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available
+KernelVersion: 5.3.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get
+ rid of excess condensation.
+
+ Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bf1fd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production
+ inaccuracies). Values represent a real physical offset expressed
+ in SI units (m/s^2 for accelerometer and rad/s for gyroscope).
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_calibbias_available
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_calibbias_available
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Range of available values for hardware offset. Values in SI
+ units (m/s^2 for accelerometer and rad/s for gyroscope).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
index f0ce0a0..220206a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018
@@ -15,5 +15,7 @@
Scheme 0 has wider dynamic range, Scheme 1 proximity detection
is less affected by the ambient IR noise variation.
- 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient
- 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection
+ == =============================================
+ 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient
+ 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection
+ == =============================================
diff --git a/drivers/staging/iio/Documentation/light/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2x7x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772
similarity index 100%
rename from drivers/staging/iio/Documentation/light/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2x7x
rename to Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
index ad2cc63..73498ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32
@@ -17,9 +17,11 @@
Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com
Description:
Configure the device counter quadrature modes:
+
- non-quadrature:
Encoder IN1 input servers as the count input (up
direction).
+
- quadrature:
Encoder IN1 and IN2 inputs are mixed to get direction
and count.
@@ -35,23 +37,26 @@
Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com
Description:
Configure the device encoder/counter active edge:
+
- rising-edge
- falling-edge
- both-edges
In non-quadrature mode, device counts up on active edge.
+
In quadrature mode, encoder counting scenarios are as follows:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ +---------+----------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Active | Level on | IN1 signal | IN2 signal |
- | edge | opposite |------------------------------------------
+ | edge | opposite +----------+---------+----------+---------+
| | signal | Rising | Falling | Rising | Falling |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Rising | High -> | Down | - | Up | - |
- | edge | Low -> | Up | - | Down | - |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Falling | High -> | - | Up | - | Down |
- | edge | Low -> | - | Down | - | Up |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | Both | High -> | Down | Up | Up | Down |
- | edges | Low -> | Up | Down | Down | Up |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Rising | High -> | Down | - | Up | - |
+ | edge | Low -> | Up | - | Down | - |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Falling | High -> | - | Up | - | Down |
+ | edge | Low -> | - | Down | - | Up |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
+ | Both | High -> | Down | Up | Up | Down |
+ | edges | Low -> | Up | Down | Down | Up |
+ +---------+----------+----------+---------+----------+---------+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
index 6275e9f..13f099e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843
@@ -5,11 +5,16 @@
Description:
Current configuration and available configurations
for the bias current.
- normal - Normal measurement configurations (default)
- positivebias - Positive bias configuration
- negativebias - Negative bias configuration
- disabled - Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic
+
+ ============ ============================================
+ normal Normal measurement configurations (default)
+ positivebias Positive bias configuration
+ negativebias Negative bias configuration
+ disabled Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic
sensor and enables temperature sensor.
- Note: The effect of this configuration may vary
- according to the device. For exact documentation
- check the device's datasheet.
+ ============ ============================================
+
+ Note:
+ The effect of this configuration may vary
+ according to the device. For exact documentation
+ check the device's datasheet.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2172f3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_nearlevel
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Near level for proximity sensors. This is a single integer
+ value that tells user space when an object should be
+ considered close to the device. If the value read from the
+ sensor is above or equal to the value in this file an object
+ should typically be considered near.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9712f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_auto_enable
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Contaminants build-up in the measurement chamber or optical
+ elements deterioration leads to sensor drift.
+
+ One can compensate for sensor drift by using automatic self
+ calibration procedure (asc).
+
+ Writing 1 or 0 to this attribute will respectively activate or
+ deactivate asc.
+
+ Upon reading current asc status is returned.
+
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_forced_value
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Contaminants build-up in the measurement chamber or optical
+ elements deterioration leads to sensor drift.
+
+ One can compensate for sensor drift by using forced
+ recalibration (frc). This is useful in case there's known
+ co2 reference available nearby the sensor.
+
+ Picking value from the range [400 1 2000] and writing it to the
+ sensor will set frc.
+
+ Upon reading current frc value is returned. Note that after
+ power cycling default value (i.e 400) is returned even though
+ internally sensor had recalibrated itself.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ac7759
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity3_comb_raw
+Date: February 2019
+KernelVersion: 5.6
+Contact: Daniel Campello <campello@chromium.org>
+Description:
+ Proximity measurement indicating that some object is
+ near the combined sensor. The combined sensor presents
+ proximity measurements constructed by hardware by
+ combining measurements taken from a given set of
+ physical sensors.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
index 3b3509a..e5ef6d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
@@ -5,9 +5,12 @@
Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults,
such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires.
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
- '1' = An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires
- has been detected.
- '0' = No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected
+
+ === =======================================================
+ '1' An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires
+ has been detected.
+ '0' No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected
+ === =======================================================
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv
KernelVersion: 5.1
@@ -18,7 +21,11 @@
cables by integrated MOSFETs at the T+ and T- inputs, and the
BIAS output. These MOSFETs turn off when the input voltage is
negative or greater than VDD.
+
Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
- '1' = The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD.
- '0' = The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal
- state).
+
+ === =======================================================
+ '1' The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD.
+ '0' The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal
+ state).
+ === =======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
index b725923..c4a4497 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32
@@ -3,67 +3,85 @@
Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com
Description:
Reading returns the list possible master modes which are:
- - "reset" : The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is
+
+
+ - "reset"
+ The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is
used as trigger output (TRGO).
- - "enable" : The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used
+ - "enable"
+ The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used
as trigger output.
- - "update" : The update event is selected as trigger output.
+ - "update"
+ The update event is selected as trigger output.
For instance a master timer can then be used
as a prescaler for a slave timer.
- - "compare_pulse" : The trigger output send a positive pulse
- when the CC1IF flag is to be set.
- - "OC1REF" : OC1REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC2REF" : OC2REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC3REF" : OC3REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC4REF" : OC4REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "compare_pulse"
+ The trigger output send a positive pulse
+ when the CC1IF flag is to be set.
+ - "OC1REF"
+ OC1REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC2REF"
+ OC2REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC3REF"
+ OC3REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC4REF"
+ OC4REF signal is used as trigger output.
+
Additional modes (on TRGO2 only):
- - "OC5REF" : OC5REF signal is used as trigger output.
- - "OC6REF" : OC6REF signal is used as trigger output.
+
+ - "OC5REF"
+ OC5REF signal is used as trigger output.
+ - "OC6REF"
+ OC6REF signal is used as trigger output.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF":
- OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC6REF":
- OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
- OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_f":
- OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate
+ pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
- OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
+ OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses.
- "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_f":
- OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses.
+ OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate
+ pulses.
- +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+
- | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2)
- +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +-->
- | | || +---------+
- +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+
- | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX
- +-----------+-+ | | Control +-->
- . | | +---------+
- . | | .
- +-----------v-+ OC6REF | .
- | Ch6 compare +---------+>
- +-------------+
+ ::
- Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":
+ +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+
+ | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2)
+ +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +-->
+ | | || +---------+
+ +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+
+ | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX
+ +-----------+-+ | | Control +-->
+ . | | +---------+
+ . | | .
+ +-----------v-+ OC6REF | .
+ | Ch6 compare +---------+>
+ +-------------+
- X
- X X
- X . . X
- X . . X
- X . . X
- count X . . . . X
- . . . .
- . . . .
- +---------------+
- OC4REF | . . |
- +-+ . . +-+
- . +---+ .
- OC6REF . | | .
- +-------+ +-------+
- +-+ +-+
- TRGO2 | | | |
- +-+ +---+ +---------+
+ Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r"::
+
+ X
+ X X
+ X . . X
+ X . . X
+ X . . X
+ count X . . . . X
+ . . . .
+ . . . .
+ +---------------+
+ OC4REF | . . |
+ +-+ . . +-+
+ . +---+ .
+ OC6REF . | | .
+ +-------+ +-------+
+ +-+ +-+
+ TRGO2 | | | |
+ +-+ +---+ +---------+
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode
KernelVersion: 4.11
@@ -104,6 +122,7 @@
Configure the device counter enable modes, in all case
counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction
attribute and the counter is clocked by the internal clock.
+
always:
Counter is always ON.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
index 22d0843..b7b2278 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth
@@ -10,10 +10,13 @@
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RO) Output port type:
- 0: not present,
- 1: MSU (Memory Storage Unit)
- 2: CTP (Common Trace Port)
- 4: PTI (MIPI PTI).
+
+ == =========================
+ 0 not present,
+ 1 MSU (Memory Storage Unit)
+ 2 CTP (Common Trace Port)
+ 4 PTI (MIPI PTI).
+ == =========================
What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop
Date: June 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
index 7fd2601..a74252e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
@@ -9,11 +9,13 @@
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode:
+
- "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc);
- "multi", for multiblock mode;
- "ExI", for DCI handler mode;
- "debug", for debug mode;
- any of the currently loaded buffer sinks.
+
If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated,
provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled,
otherwise the write will fail.
@@ -23,10 +25,12 @@
KernelVersion: 4.3
Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes.
+
In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be
power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list
of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of
windows is not limited.
+
Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided
there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then
allocates a new one.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
index 3d37e27..6e9a105 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei
@@ -41,6 +41,13 @@
Description: Stores mei client fixed address, if any
Format: %d
+What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../vtag
+Date: Nov 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Stores mei client vtag support status
+ Format: %d
+
What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../max_len
Date: Nov 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most
index 6b1d06e..38cc03e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../description
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/description
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- Provides information about the interface type and the physical
- location of the device. Hardware attached via USB, for instance,
+ Provides information about the physical location of the
+ device. Hardware attached via USB, for instance,
might return <1-1.1:1.0>
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../interface
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/interface
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
Indicates the type of peripheral interface the device uses.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
write the controller's DCI registers.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/arb_address
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/arb_address
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
application wants to read from or write to.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/arb_value
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/arb_value
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
is stored in arb_address.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/mep_eui48_hi
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_hi
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
This is used to check and configure the MAC address.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/mep_eui48_lo
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_lo
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
This is used to check and configure the MAC address.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/mep_eui48_mi
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_mi
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
This is used to check and configure the MAC address.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/mep_filter
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_filter
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
This is used to check and configure the MEP filter address.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/mep_hash0
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash0
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/mep_hash1
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash1
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/mep_hash2
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash2
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/mep_hash3
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash3
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/ni_state
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/ni_state
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
Indicates the current network interface state.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/node_address
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/node_address
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
Indicates the current node address.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/node_position
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/node_position
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
Indicates the current node position.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/packet_bandwidth
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/packet_bandwidth
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
Indicates the configured packet bandwidth.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../dci/sync_ep
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/sync_ep
Date: June 2016
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
endpoint.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
@@ -160,122 +160,126 @@
configure it.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/available_datatypes
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/available_datatypes
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- Indicates the data types the current channel can transport.
+ Indicates the data types the channel can transport.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/available_directions
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/available_directions
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- Indicates the directions the current channel is capable of.
+ Indicates the directions the channel is capable of.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/number_of_packet_buffers
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/number_of_packet_buffers
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- Indicates the number of packet buffers the current channel can
+ Indicates the number of packet buffers the channel can
handle.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/number_of_stream_buffers
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/number_of_stream_buffers
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- Indicates the number of streaming buffers the current channel can
+ Indicates the number of streaming buffers the channel can
handle.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/size_of_packet_buffer
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/size_of_packet_buffer
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- Indicates the size of a packet buffer the current channel can
+ Indicates the size of a packet buffer the channel can
handle.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/size_of_stream_buffer
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/size_of_stream_buffer
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- Indicates the size of a streaming buffer the current channel can
+ Indicates the size of a streaming buffer the channel can
handle.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/set_number_of_buffers
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_number_of_buffers
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- This is to configure the number of buffers of the current channel.
+ This is to read back the configured number of buffers of
+ the channel.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/set_buffer_size
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_buffer_size
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- This is to configure the size of a buffer of the current channel.
+ This is to read back the configured buffer size of the channel.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/set_direction
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_direction
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- This is to configure the direction of the current channel.
- The following strings will be accepted:
- 'dir_tx',
- 'dir_rx'
+ This is to read back the configured direction of the channel.
+ The following strings will be accepted::
+
+ 'tx',
+ 'rx'
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/set_datatype
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_datatype
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- This is to configure the data type of the current channel.
- The following strings will be accepted:
+ This is to read back the configured data type of the channel.
+ The following strings will be accepted::
+
'control',
'async',
'sync',
'isoc_avp'
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/set_subbuffer_size
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_subbuffer_size
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- This is to configure the subbuffer size of the current channel.
+ This is to read back the configured subbuffer size of
+ the channel.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/set_packets_per_xact
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_packets_per_xact
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- This is to configure the number of packets per transaction of
- the current channel. This is only needed network interface
- controller is attached via USB.
+ This is to read back the configured number of packets per
+ transaction of the channel. This is only applicable when
+ connected via USB.
Users:
-What: /sys/bus/most/devices/.../<channel>/channel_starving
+What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/channel_starving
Date: March 2017
KernelVersion: 4.15
Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com>
Description:
- Indicates whether current channel ran out of buffers.
+ Indicates whether channel ran out of buffers.
Users:
What: /sys/bus/most/drivers/most_core/components
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
index 3559585..4a6d61b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices
@@ -2,16 +2,16 @@
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Moxtet module description. Format: string
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module description. Format: string
What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_id
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x
What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_name
Date: March 2019
KernelVersion: 5.3
Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
-Description: (R) Moxtet module name. Format: string
+Description: (Read) Moxtet module name. Format: string
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
index a1cb44d..63ef0b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-For all of the nmem device attributes under nfit/*, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware
+For all of the nmem device attributes under ``nfit/*``, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware
Interface Table (NFIT)' section in the ACPI specification
(http://www.uefi.org/specifications) for more details.
@@ -202,6 +202,25 @@
functions. See the section named 'NVDIMM Root Device _DSMs' in
the ACPI specification.
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/firmware_activate_noidle
+Date: Apr, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:
+ (RW) The Intel platform implementation of firmware activate
+ support exposes an option let the platform force idle devices in
+ the system over the activation event, or trust that the OS will
+ do it. The safe default is to let the platform force idle
+ devices since the kernel is already in a suspend state, and on
+ the chance that a driver does not properly quiesce bus-mastering
+ after a suspend callback the platform will handle it. However,
+ the activation might abort if, for example, platform firmware
+ determines that the activation time exceeds the max PCI-E
+ completion timeout. Since the platform does not know whether the
+ OS is running the activation from a suspend context it aborts,
+ but if the system owner trusts driver suspend callback to be
+ sufficient then 'firmware_activation_noidle' can be
+ enabled to bypass the activation abort.
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/regionX/nfit/range_index
Date: Jun, 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bff84a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: nvdimm
+Date: July 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description:
+
+The libnvdimm sub-system implements a common sysfs interface for
+platform nvdimm resources. See Documentation/driver-api/nvdimm/.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f58701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/tee/devices/optee-ta-<uuid>/
+Date: May 2020
+KernelVersion 5.8
+Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org
+Description:
+ OP-TEE bus provides reference to registered drivers under this directory. The <uuid>
+ matches Trusted Application (TA) driver and corresponding TA in secure OS. Drivers
+ are free to create needed API under optee-ta-<uuid> directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8316c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/flags
+Date: Apr, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.8
+Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org,
+Description:
+ (RO) Report flags indicating various states of a
+ papr-pmem NVDIMM device. Each flag maps to a one or
+ more bits set in the dimm-health-bitmap retrieved in
+ response to H_SCM_HEALTH hcall. The details of the bit
+ flags returned in response to this hcall is available
+ at 'Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are
+ the flags reported in this sysfs file:
+
+ * "not_armed"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not
+ survive a power cycle.
+ * "flush_fail"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents
+ couldn't be flushed during last
+ shut-down event.
+ * "restore_fail"
+ Indicates that NVDIMM contents
+ couldn't be restored during NVDIMM
+ initialization.
+ * "encrypted"
+ NVDIMM contents are encrypted.
+ * "smart_notify"
+ There is health event for the NVDIMM.
+ * "scrubbed"
+ Indicating that contents of the
+ NVDIMM have been scrubbed.
+ * "locked"
+ Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant
+ be modified until next power cycle.
+
+What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/perf_stats
+Date: May, 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org,
+Description:
+ (RO) Report various performance stats related to papr-scm NVDIMM
+ device. Each stat is reported on a new line with each line
+ composed of a stat-identifier followed by it value. Below are
+ currently known dimm performance stats which are reported:
+
+ * "CtlResCt" : Controller Reset Count
+ * "CtlResTm" : Controller Reset Elapsed Time
+ * "PonSecs " : Power-on Seconds
+ * "MemLife " : Life Remaining
+ * "CritRscU" : Critical Resource Utilization
+ * "HostLCnt" : Host Load Count
+ * "HostSCnt" : Host Store Count
+ * "HostSDur" : Host Store Duration
+ * "HostLDur" : Host Load Duration
+ * "MedRCnt " : Media Read Count
+ * "MedWCnt " : Media Write Count
+ * "MedRDur " : Media Read Duration
+ * "MedWDur " : Media Write Duration
+ * "CchRHCnt" : Cache Read Hit Count
+ * "CchWHCnt" : Cache Write Hit Count
+ * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 450296c..77ad9ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -7,8 +7,10 @@
this location. This is useful for overriding default
bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
- found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
- # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example::
+
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+
(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
@@ -20,8 +22,10 @@
this location. This may be useful when overriding default
bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
- found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
- # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example::
+
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+
(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
@@ -38,8 +42,9 @@
Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID
and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
- for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
Date: February 2009
@@ -54,8 +59,9 @@
required, the rest are optional. After successfully
removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
- match the driver to the device. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
+ match the driver to the device. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan
Date: January 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
index 3c9a8c4..860db53 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-==========================
PCIe Device AER statistics
-==========================
+--------------------------
+
These attributes show up under all the devices that are AER capable. These
statistical counters indicate the errors "as seen/reported by the device".
Note that this may mean that if an endpoint is causing problems, the AER
@@ -17,19 +17,18 @@
PCI device using ERR_COR. Note that since multiple errors may
be reported using a single ERR_COR message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_COR at the end of the file may not match the actual
- total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable
-Receiver Error 2
-Bad TLP 0
-Bad DLLP 0
-RELAY_NUM Rollover 0
-Replay Timer Timeout 0
-Advisory Non-Fatal 0
-Corrected Internal Error 0
-Header Log Overflow 0
-TOTAL_ERR_COR 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable
+ Receiver Error 2
+ Bad TLP 0
+ Bad DLLP 0
+ RELAY_NUM Rollover 0
+ Replay Timer Timeout 0
+ Advisory Non-Fatal 0
+ Corrected Internal Error 0
+ Header Log Overflow 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_COR 2
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_fatal
Date: July 2018
@@ -39,28 +38,27 @@
PCI device using ERR_FATAL. Note that since multiple errors may
be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_FATAL at the end of the file may not match the actual
- total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal
-Undefined 0
-Data Link Protocol 0
-Surprise Down Error 0
-Poisoned TLP 0
-Flow Control Protocol 0
-Completion Timeout 0
-Completer Abort 0
-Unexpected Completion 0
-Receiver Overflow 0
-Malformed TLP 0
-ECRC 0
-Unsupported Request 0
-ACS Violation 0
-Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
-MC Blocked TLP 0
-AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
-TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
-TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
+
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal
+ Undefined 0
+ Data Link Protocol 0
+ Surprise Down Error 0
+ Poisoned TLP 0
+ Flow Control Protocol 0
+ Completion Timeout 0
+ Completer Abort 0
+ Unexpected Completion 0
+ Receiver Overflow 0
+ Malformed TLP 0
+ ECRC 0
+ Unsupported Request 0
+ ACS Violation 0
+ Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
+ MC Blocked TLP 0
+ AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
+ TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0
What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_nonfatal
Date: July 2018
@@ -70,32 +68,31 @@
PCI device using ERR_NONFATAL. Note that since multiple errors
may be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus
TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL at the end of the file may not match the
- actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal
-Undefined 0
-Data Link Protocol 0
-Surprise Down Error 0
-Poisoned TLP 0
-Flow Control Protocol 0
-Completion Timeout 0
-Completer Abort 0
-Unexpected Completion 0
-Receiver Overflow 0
-Malformed TLP 0
-ECRC 0
-Unsupported Request 0
-ACS Violation 0
-Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
-MC Blocked TLP 0
-AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
-TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
-TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output::
-============================
+ localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal
+ Undefined 0
+ Data Link Protocol 0
+ Surprise Down Error 0
+ Poisoned TLP 0
+ Flow Control Protocol 0
+ Completion Timeout 0
+ Completer Abort 0
+ Unexpected Completion 0
+ Receiver Overflow 0
+ Malformed TLP 0
+ ECRC 0
+ Unsupported Request 0
+ ACS Violation 0
+ Uncorrectable Internal Error 0
+ MC Blocked TLP 0
+ AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0
+ TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0
+ TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0
+
PCIe Rootport AER statistics
-============================
+----------------------------
+
These attributes show up under only the rootports (or root complex event
collectors) that are AER capable. These indicate the number of error messages as
"reported to" the rootport. Please note that the rootports also transmit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f85db86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_version
+Date: September 2020
+Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Version of AudioDSP firmware ASoC catpt driver is
+ communicating with.
+
+ Format: %d.%d.%d.%d, type:major:minor:build.
+
+What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_info
+Date: September 2020
+Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com>
+Description:
+ Detailed AudioDSP firmware build information including
+ build hash and log-providers hash. This information is
+ obtained during initial handshake with firmware.
+ Format: %s.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
index 60c60fa..c90d97a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@
number returns the port to normal operation.
For example: To force the high-speed device attached to
- port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:
+ port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed::
echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
- To return the port to high-speed operation:
+ To return the port to high-speed operation::
echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform
index 5172a61..194ca70 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform
@@ -18,3 +18,13 @@
devices to opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override
name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in
the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
+What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../numa_node
+Date: June 2020
+Contact: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com>
+Description:
+ This file contains the NUMA node to which the platform device
+ is attached. It won't be visible if the node is unknown. The
+ value comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware
+ source. Initial users for this file would be devices like
+ arm smmu which are populated by arm64 acpi_iort.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
index 13208b2..634ea20 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
@@ -4,24 +4,27 @@
an individual subdirectory with the following name format of
device_name "nn:d:iiii", where:
- nn - two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the
+ ==== ========================================================
+ nn two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the
device resides
- d - device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
- iiii - four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for
+ d device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
+ iiii four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for
switches
+ ==== ========================================================
For example, below is a list of device directories that
represents a typical RapidIO network with one switch, one host,
and two agent endpoints, as it is seen by the enumerating host
- (with destID = 1):
+ (with destID = 1)::
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
- /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
+ /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
- NOTE: An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a
- sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 is
- not shown in the list.
+ NOTE:
+ An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a
+ sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1
+ is not shown in the list.
Attributes Common for All RapidIO Devices
-----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
index cc30bee..417a2fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@
Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>]
+ Example::
+
$ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image
@@ -23,6 +25,8 @@
Usage: <dev-id> [force]
+ Example::
+
$ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for
@@ -80,26 +84,29 @@
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- size: (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block
+
+ ============== ================================================
+ size (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block
device.
- major: (RO) The block device major number.
+ major (RO) The block device major number.
- client_id: (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned
+ client_id (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned
for this specific session.
- pool: (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd
+ pool (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd
image resides. An rbd image name is unique
within its pool.
- name: (RO) The name of the rbd image.
+ name (RO) The name of the rbd image.
- refresh: (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image
+ refresh (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image
header data and set all relevant data structures
accordingly.
- current_snap: (RO) The current snapshot for which the device
+ current_snap (RO) The current snapshot for which the device
is mapped.
+ ============== ================================================
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool_id
@@ -117,11 +124,13 @@
KernelVersion: v3.7
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- image_id: (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd
+ ========= ===============================================
+ image_id (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd
image format 1 this is empty.)
- features: (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits
+ features (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits
for this image.
+ ========= ===============================================
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/parent
@@ -149,14 +158,16 @@
KernelVersion: v4.9
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Description:
- snap_id: (RO) The current snapshot's id.
+ ============ ================================================
+ snap_id (RO) The current snapshot's id.
- config_info: (RO) The string written into
+ config_info (RO) The string written into
/sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}.
- cluster_fsid: (RO) The ceph cluster UUID.
+ cluster_fsid (RO) The ceph cluster UUID.
- client_addr: (RO) The ceph unique client
+ client_addr (RO) The ceph unique client
entity_addr_t (address + nonce). The format is
<address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or
'[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'.
+ ============ ================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
index c2a403f..50e8023 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
When the file contains a "1" the bus is operated and periodically
does a push-pull cycle to write and read data from the
connected devices.
+
When writing a "0" or "1" the bus moves to the described state.
What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_add
@@ -21,8 +22,10 @@
to add a new device dynamically. <type> is the name that is used to match
to a driver (similar to the platform bus). <inbytes> and <outbytes> define
the length of the input and output shift register in bytes respectively.
+
<statustype> defines the 4 bit device type that is check to identify connection
problems.
+
The new device is added to the end of the existing chain.
What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46ef038
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/revision
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_stop_modes
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_freq
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_gears
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_col
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_frame_rate
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_row
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/dynamic_shape
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/err_threshold
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/max_clk_freq
+
+Date: April 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Master-N DisCo properties.
+ These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification
+ for SoundWire. They define various properties of the Master
+ and are used by the bus to configure the Master. clk_stop_modes
+ is a bitmask for simplifications and combines the
+ clock-stop-mode0 and clock-stop-mode1 properties.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d324aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../status
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../device_number
+
+Date: September 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Slave status
+
+ These properties report the Slave status, e.g. if it
+ is UNATTACHED or not, and in the latter case show the
+ device_number. This status information is useful to
+ detect devices exposed by platform firmware but not
+ physically present on the bus, and conversely devices
+ not exposed in platform firmware but enumerated.
+
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/mipi_revision
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/wake_capable
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/test_mode_capable
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/clk_stop_mode1
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/simple_clk_stop_capable
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/clk_stop_timeout
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/ch_prep_timeout
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/reset_behave
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/high_PHY_capable
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/paging_support
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/bank_delay_support
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/p15_behave
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/master_count
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/source_ports
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/sink_ports
+
+Date: May 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Slave DisCo properties.
+ These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification
+ for SoundWire. They define various properties of the
+ SoundWire Slave and are used by the bus to configure
+ the Slave
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/max_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/min_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/words
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/BRA_flow_controlled
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/simple_ch_prep_sm
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/imp_def_interrupts
+
+Date: May 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Slave Data Port-0 DisCo properties.
+ These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification
+ for the SoundWire. They define various properties of the
+ Data port 0 are used by the bus to configure the Data Port 0.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/min_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/words
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/type
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_grouping
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/simple_ch_prep_sm
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/ch_prep_timeout
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/imp_def_interrupts
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/min_ch
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_ch
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/channels
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/ch_combinations
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_async_buffer
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/block_pack_mode
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/port_encoding
+
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/min_word
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/words
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/type
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_grouping
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/simple_ch_prep_sm
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/ch_prep_timeout
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/imp_def_interrupts
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/min_ch
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_ch
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/channels
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/ch_combinations
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_async_buffer
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/block_pack_mode
+ /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/port_encoding
+
+Date: May 2020
+
+Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
+ Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com>
+ Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
+
+Description: SoundWire Slave Data Source/Sink Port-N DisCo properties.
+ These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification
+ for SoundWire. They define various properties of the
+ Source/Sink Data port N and are used by the bus to configure
+ the Data Port N.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
index 82e80de..0b4ab9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
@@ -37,16 +37,18 @@
Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level
set by the system BIOS. Possible values are:
- none: All devices are automatically authorized
- user: Devices are only authorized based on writing
- appropriate value to the authorized attribute
- secure: Require devices that support secure connect at
- minimum. User needs to authorize each device.
- dponly: Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No
- PCIe tunnels are created.
- usbonly: Automatically tunnel USB controller of the
+ ======= ==================================================
+ none All devices are automatically authorized
+ user Devices are only authorized based on writing
+ appropriate value to the authorized attribute
+ secure Require devices that support secure connect at
+ minimum. User needs to authorize each device.
+ dponly Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No
+ PCIe tunnels are created.
+ usbonly Automatically tunnel USB controller of the
connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All
PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed.
+ ======= ==================================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized
Date: Sep 2017
@@ -61,17 +63,23 @@
yet authorized.
Possible values are supported:
- 1: The device will be authorized and connected
+
+ == ===========================================
+ 1 The device will be authorized and connected
+ == ===========================================
When key attribute contains 32 byte hex string the possible
values are:
- 1: The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and
- the device is authorized.
- 2: Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the
- challenge response from device is valid, the device is
- authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if
- the device did not contain a key at all, and
- EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match.
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 1 The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and
+ the device is authorized.
+ 2 Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the
+ challenge response from device is valid, the device is
+ authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if
+ the device did not contain a key at all, and
+ EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match.
+ == ========================================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot
Date: Jun 2018
@@ -178,11 +186,19 @@
Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM
area (through non_activeX NVMem device), the
- authentication procedure is started by writing 1 to
- this file. If everything goes well, the device is
+ authentication procedure is started by writing to
+ this file.
+ If everything goes well, the device is
restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image
verification fails an error code is returned instead.
+ This file will accept writing values "1" or "2"
+
+ - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage
+ area and authenticate the image in one action.
+ - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image
+ and flush it to the storage area.
+
When read holds status of the last authentication
operation if an error occurred during the process. This
is directly the status value from the DMA configuration
@@ -198,9 +214,11 @@
question. Following directories are already reserved by
the Apple XDomain specification:
- network: IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt
- targetdm: Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt
- extdisp: External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ ======== ===============================================
+ network IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt
+ targetdm Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ extdisp External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt
+ ======== ===============================================
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/modalias
Date: Jan 2018
@@ -236,3 +254,50 @@
Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
Description: This contains XDomain service specific settings as
bitmask. Format: %x
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/device
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: Retimer device identifier read from the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/nvm_authenticate
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM
+ area (through non_activeX NVMem device), the
+ authentication procedure is started by writing 1 to
+ this file. If everything goes well, the device is
+ restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image
+ verification fails an error code is returned instead.
+
+ When read holds status of the last authentication
+ operation if an error occurred during the process.
+ Format: %x.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/nvm_version
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: Holds retimer NVM version number. Format: %x.%x, major.minor.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/vendor
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
+Description: Retimer vendor identifier read from the hardware.
+
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate_on_disconnect
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: v5.9
+Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
+Description: For supported devices, automatically authenticate the new Thunderbolt
+ image when the device is disconnected from the host system.
+
+ This file will accept writing values "1" or "2"
+
+ - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage
+ area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect.
+ - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image
+ and flush it to the storage area.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index 614d216..bf2c1968 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe
This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers
that need multiple interfaces.
+
A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default
@@ -72,24 +73,27 @@
table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct
The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the
- rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the
+ rest is optional. The `Ref*` tuple can be used to tell the
driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as
it is used for the reference device.
Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
- for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
- # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example::
+
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from
- an already supported device (0458:704c):
- # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ an already supported device (0458:704c)::
+
+ # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
Reading from this file will list all dynamically added
device IDs in the same format, with one entry per
- line. For example:
- # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
- 8086 10f5
- dead beef 06
- f00d cafe
+ line. For example::
+
+ # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id
+ 8086 10f5
+ dead beef 06
+ f00d cafe
The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to
sysfs restrictions.
@@ -209,9 +213,11 @@
advance, and behaves well according to the specification.
This attribute is a bit-field that controls the behavior of
a specific port:
+
- Bit 0 of this field selects the "old" enumeration scheme,
as it is considerably faster (it only causes one USB reset
instead of 2).
+
The old enumeration scheme can also be selected globally
using /sys/module/usbcore/parameters/old_scheme_first, but
it is often not desirable as the new scheme was introduced to
@@ -233,10 +239,10 @@
poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space.
Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a
- udev event with the following attributes:
+ udev event with the following attributes::
- OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
- OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
+ OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+ OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit
Date: November 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
index 9ade80f..2f86e42 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
@@ -12,8 +12,11 @@
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
Description: Controls the devices display mode.
For a 6 character display the values are
+
MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
+
for an 8 character display the values are
+
MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
What: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
@@ -37,7 +40,7 @@
Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
Description: Controls the decimal places on the device.
To set the nth decimal place, give this field
- the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
+ the value of ``10 ** n``. Assume this field has
the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
- change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
+ change this fields value to ``k + 10 ** m``.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
index 452dbe3..59fc804 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev
@@ -28,8 +28,9 @@
Writing UUID to this file will create mediated device of
type <type-id> for parent device <device>. This is a
write-only file.
- For example:
- # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \
+ For example::
+
+ # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \
/sys/devices/foo/mdev_supported_types/foo-1/create
What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/devices/
@@ -107,5 +108,6 @@
Writing '1' to this file destroys the mediated device. The
vendor driver can fail the remove() callback if that device
is active and the vendor driver doesn't support hot unplug.
- Example:
- # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove
+ Example::
+
+ # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
index 716cffc..f7b8cf6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
@@ -66,13 +66,6 @@
the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
micro.
-What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
-Date: October 2008
-Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
-Description:
- The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the
- on-board flash size of the connected micro.
-
What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
Date: October 2008
Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight
index 3ab175a..1fc8640 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -24,3 +24,63 @@
non-linear
The brightness changes non-linearly with each step. Brightness
controls should use a linear mapping for a linear perception.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Get conversion value of the light sensor.
+
+ The value is automatically updated every 80 ms when the
+ light sensor is enabled.
+
+ The value range is device-driver specific:
+
+ For ADP8870:
+
+ It returns integer between 0 (dark) and 8000 (max ambient
+ brightness).
+
+ For ADP8860:
+
+ It returns a 13-bits integer.
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
+Date: Apr, 2010
+KernelVersion: v2.6.35
+Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>,
+ device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
+
+Description:
+ (RW) Read or write the specific brightness level at which the
+ backlight operates.
+
+ The value meaning is device-driver specific:
+
+ For ADP8860:
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA
+ 1 Level 1: daylight
+ 2 Level 2: bright
+ 3 Level 3: dark
+ == ==========================
+
+ For ADP8870:
+
+ == ==========================
+ 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA
+ 1 Level 1: daylight
+ 2 Level 2: bright
+ 3 Level 3: office
+ 4 Level 4: indoor
+ 5 Level 5: dark
+ == ==========================
+
+ Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level
+ operation.
+
+ It can be enabled by writing the value stored in
+ /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to
+ /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
index 54d61c7..6610ac7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
@@ -6,25 +6,8 @@
dark (level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness
level.
-What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
-Date: Apr, 2010
-KernelVersion: v2.6.35
-Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
-Description:
- (RO) 13-bit conversion value for the first light sensor—high
- byte (Bit 12 to Bit 8). The value is updated every 80 ms (when
- the light sensor is enabled).
-
-
-What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
-Date: Apr, 2010
-KernelVersion: v2.6.35
-Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
-Description:
- (RW) Read or write the specific level at which the backlight
- operates. Value "0" enables automatic ambient light sensing, and
- values "1", "2" or "3" set the control to daylight, office or
- dark respectively.
+See also /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level and
+/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone.
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
index 33e6488..b08ca91 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870
@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+See also /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level and
+/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone.
+
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max
@@ -27,30 +30,3 @@
set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled.
This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for
this <ambient light zone>.
-
-What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
-Date: May 2011
-KernelVersion: 3.0
-Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
-Description:
- Get conversion value of the light sensor.
- This value is updated every 80 ms (when the light sensor
- is enabled). Returns integer between 0 (dark) and
- 8000 (max ambient brightness)
-
-What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
-Date: May 2011
-KernelVersion: 3.0
-Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
-Description:
- Get/Set current ambient light zone. Reading returns
- integer between 1..5 (1 = daylight, 2 = bright, ..., 5 = dark).
- Writing a value between 1..5 forces the backlight controller
- to enter the corresponding ambient light zone.
- Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level
- operation. The ambient light sensing feature on these devices
- is an extension to the API documented in
- Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight.
- It can be enabled by writing the value stored in
- /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to
- /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
index c0e0a9a..8251e78 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@
Get the ALS output channel used as input in
ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0)
- 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1)
+ == ==========================
+ 0 out_current0 (backlight 0)
+ 1 out_current1 (backlight 1)
+ == ==========================
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en
Date: May 2012
@@ -30,8 +32,10 @@
Description:
Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - exponential mode
- 1 - linear mode
+ == ================
+ 0 exponential mode
+ 1 linear mode
+ == ================
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm
Date: April 2012
@@ -40,9 +44,11 @@
Description:
Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where:
- bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
- bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
- bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
- bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
- bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
- bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
+ bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
index d773d56..5402bd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -24,7 +24,6 @@
filesystems which do not provide their own BDI.
Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
----------------------------------
read_ahead_kb (read-write)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
index 5819699..74ece94 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
@@ -17,13 +17,14 @@
KernelVersion: 4.2
Description:
Tell the EC to reboot in various ways. Options are:
- "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot.
- "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting.
- "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting.
- "cold": Cold reboot.
- "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot.
- "hibernate": Hibernate the EC.
- "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown.
+
+ - "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot.
+ - "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting.
+ - "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting.
+ - "cold": Cold reboot.
+ - "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot.
+ - "hibernate": Hibernate the EC.
+ - "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown.
What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/version
Date: August 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
index 7970e37..818f559 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -72,11 +72,16 @@
when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Only applicable when
running under hashed page table mmu.
Possible values:
- none: No prefaulting (default)
- work_element_descriptor: Treat the work element
- descriptor as an effective address and
- prefault what it points to.
- all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps.
+
+ ======================= ======================================
+ none No prefaulting (default)
+ work_element_descriptor Treat the work element
+ descriptor as an effective address and
+ prefault what it points to.
+ all all segments process calling
+ START_WORK maps.
+ ======================= ======================================
+
Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset
@@ -212,6 +217,7 @@
card. A power cycle is required to load the image.
"none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays
are preserved.
+
"user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or
user or factory image to be loaded.
Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has
@@ -235,8 +241,11 @@
Description: read/write
Trust that when an image is reloaded via PERST, it will not
have changed.
- 0 = don't trust, the image may be different (default)
- 1 = trust that the image will not change.
+
+ == =================================================
+ 0 don't trust, the image may be different (default)
+ 1 trust that the image will not change.
+ == =================================================
Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl
What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_timebase_synced
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
index 9758eb8..b8ebff4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
@@ -62,7 +62,8 @@
driver should provide the list of available frequencies
with its profile. If need to reset the statistics of devfreq
behavior on a specific device, enter 0(zero) to 'trans_stat'
- as following:
+ as following::
+
echo 0 > /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat
What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq
@@ -108,3 +109,16 @@
frequency requested by governors and min_freq.
The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be
used to throttle devices to avoid overheating.
+
+What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com>
+Description:
+ This ABI shows and stores the kind of work timer by users.
+ This work timer is used by devfreq workqueue in order to
+ monitor the device status such as utilization. The user
+ can change the work timer on runtime according to their demand
+ as following::
+
+ echo deferrable > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer
+ echo delayed > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b662f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ Provide a place in sysfs for the device link objects in the
+ kernel at any given time. The name of a device link directory,
+ denoted as ... above, is of the form <supplier>--<consumer>
+ where <supplier> is the supplier device name and <consumer> is
+ the consumer device name.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../auto_remove_on
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates if the device link will ever be
+ automatically removed by the driver core when the consumer and
+ supplier devices themselves are still present.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ - 'consumer unbind'
+ - 'supplier unbind'
+ - 'never'
+
+ 'consumer unbind' means the device link will be removed when
+ the consumer's driver is unbound from the consumer device.
+
+ 'supplier unbind' means the device link will be removed when
+ the supplier's driver is unbound from the supplier device.
+
+ 'never' means the device link will not be automatically removed
+ when as long as the supplier and consumer devices themselves
+ are still present.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../consumer
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file is a symlink to the consumer device's sysfs directory.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../runtime_pm
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates if the device link has any impact on the
+ runtime power management behavior of the consumer and supplier
+ devices. For example: Making sure the supplier doesn't enter
+ runtime suspend while the consumer is active.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ === ========================================
+ '0' Does not affect runtime power management
+ '1' Affects runtime power management
+ === ========================================
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../status
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates the status of the device link. The status
+ of a device link is affected by whether the supplier and
+ consumer devices have been bound to their corresponding
+ drivers. The status of a device link also affects the binding
+ and unbinding of the supplier and consumer devices with their
+ drivers and also affects whether the software state of the
+ supplier device is synced with the hardware state of the
+ supplier device after boot up.
+ See also: sysfs-devices-state_synced.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ - 'not tracked'
+ - 'dormant'
+ - 'available'
+ - 'consumer probing'
+ - 'active'
+ - 'supplier unbinding'
+ - 'unknown'
+
+ 'not tracked' means this device link does not track the status
+ and has no impact on the binding, unbinding and syncing the
+ hardware and software device state.
+
+ 'dormant' means the supplier and the consumer devices have not
+ bound to their driver.
+
+ 'available' means the supplier has bound to its driver and is
+ available to supply resources to the consumer device.
+
+ 'consumer probing' means the consumer device is currently
+ trying to bind to its driver.
+
+ 'active' means the supplier and consumer devices have both
+ bound successfully to their drivers.
+
+ 'supplier unbinding' means the supplier devices is currently in
+ the process of unbinding from its driver.
+
+ 'unknown' means the state of the device link is not any of the
+ above. If this is ever the value, there's a bug in the kernel.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../supplier
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file is a symlink to the supplier device's sysfs directory.
+
+What: /sys/class/devlink/.../sync_state_only
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ This file indicates if the device link is limited to only
+ affecting the syncing of the hardware and software state of the
+ supplier device.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ === ================================
+ '0'
+ '1' Affects runtime power management
+ === ================================
+
+ '0' means the device link can affect other device behaviors
+ like binding/unbinding, suspend/resume, runtime power
+ management, etc.
+
+ '1' means the device link will only affect the syncing of
+ hardware and software state of the supplier device after boot
+ up and doesn't not affect other behaviors of the devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
index 57a7262..fde0fec 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
@@ -39,19 +39,22 @@
callback.
If the default callback for showing function is used, the
- format is like this:
- # cat state
- USB_OTG=1
- HDMI=0
- TA=1
- EAR_JACK=0
- #
+ format is like this::
+
+ # cat state
+ USB_OTG=1
+ HDMI=0
+ TA=1
+ EAR_JACK=0
+ #
+
In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA
cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached.
In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex
- state number starting with 0x:
- # echo 0xHEX > state
+ state number starting with 0x::
+
+ # echo 0xHEX > state
This updates the whole state of the extcon device.
Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the
@@ -84,12 +87,13 @@
Description:
Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example,
if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is
- {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:
- # ls mutually_exclusive/
- 0x3
- 0x5
- 0xc
- #
+ {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is::
+
+ # ls mutually_exclusive/
+ 0x3
+ 0x5
+ 0xc
+ #
Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon
device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
index 5284fa3..d78689c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager
@@ -28,8 +28,7 @@
* firmware request = firmware class request in progress
* firmware request error = firmware request failed
* write init = preparing FPGA for programming
- * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for
- programming
+ * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for programming
* write = FPGA ready to receive image data
* write error = Error while programming
* write complete = Doing post programming steps
@@ -47,7 +46,7 @@
programming errors to userspace. This is a list of strings for
the supported status.
- * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by
+ * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by
reconfiguration hardware.
e.g. start reconfiguration
with errors not cleared
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
index 2467b69..c8553d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss
@@ -6,9 +6,11 @@
The GNSS receiver type. The currently identified types reflect
the protocol(s) supported by the receiver:
+ ====== ===========
"NMEA" NMEA 0183
"SiRF" SiRF Binary
"UBX" UBX
+ ====== ===========
Note that also non-"NMEA" type receivers typically support a
subset of NMEA 0183 with vendor extensions (e.g. to allow
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
index 5f67f7a..2e24ac3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -3,9 +3,26 @@
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Description:
- Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't
- have hardware brightness support, so will just be turned on for
- non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and
+ Set the brightness of the LED.
+
+ Most LEDs don't have hardware brightness support, so will
+ just be turned on for non-zero brightness settings.
+
+ .. Note::
+
+ For multicolor LEDs, writing to this file will update all
+ LEDs within the group to a calculated percentage of what
+ each color LED intensity is set to.
+
+ The percentage is calculated for each grouped LED via
+ the equation below::
+
+ led_brightness = brightness * multi_intensity/max_brightness
+
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
+
+ The value is between 0 and
/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
Writing 0 to this file clears active trigger.
@@ -13,6 +30,8 @@
Writing non-zero to this file while trigger is active changes the
top brightness trigger is going to use.
+
+
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness
Date: March 2006
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
@@ -47,10 +66,11 @@
Description:
Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source
of LED events.
+
You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
/sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. For
- their documentation see sysfs-class-led-trigger-*.
+ their documentation see `sysfs-class-led-trigger-*`.
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted
Date: January 2011
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
index f520ece..04f3ffd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000
@@ -1,133 +1,3 @@
-What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern
-Date: September 2019
-KernelVersion: 5.5
-Description:
- Specify a hardware pattern for the EL15203000 LED.
- The LEDs board supports only predefined patterns by firmware
- for specific LEDs.
-
- Breathing mode for Screen frame light tube:
- "0 4000 1 4000"
-
- ^
- |
- Max-| ---
- | / \
- | / \
- | / \ /
- | / \ /
- Min-|- ---
- |
- 0------4------8--> time (sec)
-
- Cascade mode for Pipe LED:
- "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800"
-
- ^
- |
- 0 On -|----+ +----+ +---
- | | | | |
- Off-| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
- |
- 1 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off |----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
- |
- 2 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- |
- 3 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
- |
- 4 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
-
- Inverted cascade mode for Pipe LED:
- "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800"
-
- ^
- |
- 0 On -| +-------------------+ +-------------------+
- | | | | |
- Off-|----+ +----+ +---
- |
- 1 On -|----+ +-------------------+ +------------------
- | | | | |
- Off | +----+ +----+
- |
- 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 3 On -|--------------+ +-------------------+ +--------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 4 On -|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +---
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
-
- Bounce mode for Pipe LED:
- "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800 16 800 8 800 4 800 2 800 1 800"
-
- ^
- |
- 0 On -|----+ +--------
- | | |
- Off-| +---------------------------------------+
- |
- 1 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off |----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
- |
- 2 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- |
- 3 On -| +----+ +----+
- | | | | |
- Off-|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
- |
- 4 On -| +---------+
- | | |
- Off-|-------------------+ +-----------------------
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
-
- Inverted bounce mode for Pipe LED:
- "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800 15 800 23 800 27 800 29 800 30 800"
-
- ^
- |
- 0 On -| +---------------------------------------+
- | | |
- Off-|----+ +--------
- |
- 1 On -|----+ +-----------------------------+ +--------
- | | | | |
- Off | +----+ +----+
- |
- 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +-------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 3 On -|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------
- | | | | |
- Off-| +----+ +----+
- |
- 4 On -|-------------------+ +-----------------------
- | | |
- Off-| +---------+
- |
- 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec)
-
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat
Date: September 2019
KernelVersion: 5.5
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
index e4c89b2..e38a835 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533
@@ -6,8 +6,10 @@
Set the ALS output channel to use as input in
ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where:
- 1 - out_current1
- 2 - out_current2
+ == ============
+ 1 out_current1
+ 2 out_current2
+ == ============
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en
Date: May 2012
@@ -24,14 +26,16 @@
Description:
Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where:
- 0 - 2048 us
- 1 - 262 ms
- 2 - 524 ms
- 3 - 1.049 s
- 4 - 2.097 s
- 5 - 4.194 s
- 6 - 8.389 s
- 7 - 16.78 s
+ == =======
+ 0 2048 us
+ 1 262 ms
+ 2 524 ms
+ 3 1.049 s
+ 4 2.097 s
+ 5 4.194 s
+ 6 8.389 s
+ 7 16.78 s
+ == =======
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id
Date: April 2012
@@ -47,8 +51,10 @@
Description:
Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where:
- 0 - exponential mode
- 1 - linear mode
+ == ================
+ 0 exponential mode
+ 1 linear mode
+ == ================
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm
Date: April 2012
@@ -57,9 +63,11 @@
Description:
Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where:
- bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
- bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
- bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
- bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
- bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
- bit 0 - PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
+ bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4
+ bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3
+ bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2
+ bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1
+ bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0
+ bit 0 PWM-input enabled
+ ===== ===========================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx
deleted file mode 100644
index 45b1e60..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern
-Date: September 2018
-KernelVersion: 4.20
-Description:
- Specify a hardware pattern for the SC27XX LED. For the SC27XX
- LED controller, it only supports 4 stages to make a single
- hardware pattern, which is used to configure the rise time,
- high time, fall time and low time for the breathing mode.
-
- For the breathing mode, the SC27XX LED only expects one brightness
- for the high stage. To be compatible with the hardware pattern
- format, we should set brightness as 0 for rise stage, fall
- stage and low stage.
-
- Min stage duration: 125 ms
- Max stage duration: 31875 ms
-
- Since the stage duration step is 125 ms, the duration should be
- a multiplier of 125, like 125ms, 250ms, 375ms, 500ms ... 31875ms.
-
- Thus the format of the hardware pattern values should be:
- "0 rise_duration brightness high_duration 0 fall_duration 0 low_duration".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..795a5de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device/brightness
+Date: July 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
+Description: (RW) On the front panel of the Turris Omnia router there is also
+ a button which can be used to control the intensity of all the
+ LEDs at once, so that if they are too bright, user can dim them.
+
+ The microcontroller cycles between 8 levels of this global
+ brightness (from 100% to 0%), but this setting can have any
+ integer value between 0 and 100. It is therefore convenient to be
+ able to change this setting from software.
+
+ Format: %i
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
index 220a0270..11e5677 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
@@ -55,26 +55,35 @@
Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible
flash faults:
- * led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+ * led-over-voltage
+ flash controller voltage to the flash LED
has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller
- * flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when
+ * flash-timeout-exceeded
+ the flash strobe was still on when
the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash
controllers may set this in all such conditions
- * controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has
+ * controller-over-temperature
+ the flash controller has
overheated
- * controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection
+ * controller-short-circuit
+ the short circuit protection
of the flash controller has been triggered
- * led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power
+ * led-power-supply-over-current
+ current in the LED power
supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
controller
- * indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected
+ * indicator-led-fault
+ the flash controller has detected
a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED
- * led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash
+ * led-under-voltage
+ flash controller voltage to the flash
LED has been below the minimum limit specific to
the flash
- * controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash
+ * controller-under-voltage
+ the input voltage of the flash
controller is below the limit under which strobing the
flash at full current will not be possible;
the condition persists until this flag is no longer set
- * led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded
+ * led-over-temperature
+ the temperature of the LED has exceeded
its allowed upper limit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16fc827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_index
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
+Description: read
+ The multi_index array, when read, will output the LED colors
+ as an array of strings as they are indexed in the
+ multi_intensity file.
+
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_intensity
+Date: March 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.9
+Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
+Description: read/write
+ This file contains array of integers. Order of components is
+ described by the multi_index array. The maximum intensity should
+ not exceed /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
+
+ For additional details please refer to
+ Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
index 451af6d..6465409 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev
@@ -19,18 +19,23 @@
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal the link state of the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off.
+
If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state
of the named network device.
Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state.
+
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/tx
Date: Dec 2017
KernelVersion: 4.16
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal transmission of data on the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on transmission.
+
If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified
in interval to signal transmission.
@@ -40,6 +45,8 @@
Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Signal reception of data on the named network device.
+
If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on reception.
+
If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified
in interval to signal reception.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
index bd92ef9..d91a077 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
Since different LED hardware can have different semantics of
hardware patterns, each driver is expected to provide its own
- description for the hardware patterns in their ABI documentation
- file.
+ description for the hardware patterns in their documentation
+ file at Documentation/leds/.
What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat
Date: September 2018
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
index f440e69..eb81152 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport
@@ -8,5 +8,6 @@
selected for the USB port trigger. Selecting ports makes trigger
observing them for any connected devices and lighting on LED if
there are any.
+
Echoing "1" value selects USB port. Echoing "0" unselects it.
Current state can be also read.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
index 6adab27..b57ffb2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@
of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as
well. Possible values are:
- 0 - normal
- 1 - audio
- 2 - breathing
+ == =========
+ 0 normal
+ 1 audio
+ 2 breathing
+ == =========
Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled
Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
index e9dc110..5c52372 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
@@ -90,3 +90,16 @@
The ME FW writes Glitch Detection HW (TRC)
status information into trc status register
for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health.
+
+What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/kind
+Date: Jul 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description: Display kind of the device
+
+ Generic devices are marked as "mei"
+ while special purpose have their own
+ names.
+ Available options:
+ - mei: generic mei device.
+ - itouch: itouch (ipts) mei device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
index 6ef6826..bd0e780 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic
@@ -41,24 +41,33 @@
When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel
MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that
will be read are:
- "ready" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On
- reading this entry after an OSPM resume, a "boot" has to be
- written to this entry if the card was previously shutdown
- during OSPM suspend.
- "booting" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS.
- "online" - The MIC device has completed boot and is online
- "shutting_down" - The card OS is shutting down.
- "resetting" - A reset has been initiated for the MIC device
- "reset_failed" - The MIC device has failed to reset.
+
+
+ =============== ===============================================
+ "ready" The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS.
+ On reading this entry after an OSPM resume,
+ a "boot" has to be written to this entry if
+ the card was previously shutdown during OSPM
+ suspend.
+ "booting" The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS.
+ "online" The MIC device has completed boot and is online
+ "shutting_down" The card OS is shutting down.
+ "resetting" A reset has been initiated for the MIC device
+ "reset_failed" The MIC device has failed to reset.
+ =============== ===============================================
When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change
operations depending upon the current state of the card OS.
Acceptable values are:
- "boot" - Boot the card OS image specified by the combination
- of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode
- sysfs entries.
- "reset" - Initiates device reset.
- "shutdown" - Initiates card OS shutdown.
+
+
+ ========== ===================================================
+ "boot" Boot the card OS image specified by the combination
+ of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode
+ sysfs entries.
+ "reset" Initiates device reset.
+ "shutdown" Initiates card OS shutdown.
+ ========== ===================================================
What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status
Date: October 2013
@@ -69,12 +78,15 @@
OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this
entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown.
Possible values are:
- "nop" - shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS is
- "online"
- "crashed" - Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash.
- "halted" - Shutdown because of a halt command.
- "poweroff" - Shutdown because of a poweroff command.
- "restart" - Shutdown because of a restart command.
+
+ ========== ===================================================
+ "nop" shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS
+ is "online"
+ "crashed" Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash.
+ "halted" Shutdown because of a halt command.
+ "poweroff" Shutdown because of a poweroff command.
+ "restart" Shutdown because of a restart command.
+ ========== ===================================================
What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline
Date: October 2013
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
index 664a8f6..1f2002d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -4,10 +4,13 @@
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are:
- 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
- 2: predictably named by the kernel
- 3: named by userspace
- 4: renamed
+
+ == ==========================================================
+ 1 enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
+ 2 predictably named by the kernel
+ 3 named by userspace
+ 4 renamed
+ == ==========================================================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type
Date: July 2010
@@ -15,10 +18,13 @@
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are:
- 0: permanent address
- 1: randomly generated
- 2: stolen from another device
- 3: set using dev_set_mac_address
+
+ == =============================
+ 0 permanent address
+ 1 randomly generated
+ 2 stolen from another device
+ 3 set using dev_set_mac_address
+ == =============================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len
Date: April 2005
@@ -51,9 +57,12 @@
Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames.
Restricted bits:
- 0: 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP
- 1: 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE
- 2: 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad
+
+ == ========================================================
+ 0 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP
+ 1 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE
+ 2 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad
+ == ========================================================
Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special
care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP.
@@ -74,8 +83,11 @@
Description:
Indicates the current physical link state of the interface.
Posssible values are:
- 0: physical link is down
- 1: physical link is up
+
+ == =====================
+ 0 physical link is down
+ 1 physical link is up
+ == =====================
Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will
allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for
@@ -124,15 +136,34 @@
authentication is performed (e.g: 802.1x). 'link_mode' attribute
will also reflect the dormant state.
-What: /sys/clas/net/<iface>/duplex
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/testing
+Date: April 2002
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the interface is under test. Possible
+ values are:
+
+ == =============================
+ 0 interface is not being tested
+ 1 interface is being tested
+ == =============================
+
+ When an interface is under test, it cannot be expected
+ to pass packets as normal.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/duplex
Date: October 2009
KernelVersion: 2.6.33
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible
values are:
- half: half duplex
- full: full duplex
+
+ ==== ===========
+ half half duplex
+ full full duplex
+ ==== ===========
Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement
the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet).
@@ -183,8 +214,11 @@
Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This
attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute
to determine the interface usability. Possible values:
- 0: default link mode
- 1: dormant link mode
+
+ == =================
+ 0 default link mode
+ 1 dormant link mode
+ == =================
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu
Date: April 2005
@@ -213,7 +247,9 @@
Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string.
+
Possible values are:
+
"unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing",
"dormant", "up".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
index f7be0e8..06416d0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@
KernelVersion: 3.16
Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Description:
- Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
- Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
- Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
+ - Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1)
+ - Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported
+ - Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host)
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize
Date: May 2014
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
index 206cbf5..40ced0e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev
@@ -35,7 +35,9 @@
Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string.
This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the
appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware.
+
Possible values are:
+
<empty> (not available), mii, gmii, sgmii, tbi, rev-mii,
rmii, rgmii, rgmii-id, rgmii-rxid, rgmii-txid, rtbi, smii
xgmii, moca, qsgmii, trgmii, 1000base-x, 2500base-x, rxaui,
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
index b5b1fa1..847a7ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl
@@ -11,8 +11,11 @@
Description: read only
Number of contexts for the AFU, in the format <n>/<max>
where:
- n: number of currently active contexts, for debug
- max: maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU
+
+ ==== ===============================================
+ n number of currently active contexts, for debug
+ max maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU
+ ==== ===============================================
What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/pp_mmio_size
Date: January 2018
@@ -33,3 +36,16 @@
Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Description: read/write
Give access the global mmio area for the AFU
+
+What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/reload_on_reset
+Date: February 2020
+Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
+Description: read/write
+ Control whether the FPGA is reloaded on a link reset. Enabled
+ through a vendor-specific logic block on the FPGA.
+
+ =========== ===========================================
+ 0 Do not reload FPGA image from flash
+ 1 Reload FPGA image from flash
+ unavailable The device does not support this capability
+ =========== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
index dde4f26..ba1ce62 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
@@ -11,15 +11,17 @@
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
- add: (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to
+ ========== ==============================================
+ add (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to
create a new pktcdvd device and map it to the
block device.
- remove: (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
+ remove (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
to remove the pktcdvd device.
- device_map: (RO) Shows the device mapping in format:
+ device_map (RO) Shows the device mapping in format:
pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
+ ========== ==============================================
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/dev
@@ -65,29 +67,31 @@
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
Description:
- size: (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue.
+ ============== ================================================
+ size (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue.
- congestion_off: (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark,
+ congestion_off (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark,
accept new bio requests from the block layer.
- congestion_on: (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this
+ congestion_on (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this
mark, do no longer accept bio write requests
from the block layer and wait till the pktcdvd
device has processed enough bio's so that bio
write queue size is below congestion off mark.
A value of <= 0 disables congestion control.
+ ============== ================================================
Example:
--------
-To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:
+To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do::
-# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
-echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
-cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
-# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
-cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
-# print the device id of the mapped block device
-fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
-# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
-echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
+ # create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
+ echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+ cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+ # assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
+ cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
+ # print the device id of the mapped block device
+ fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+ # remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
+ echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
index bf3b48f..ca830c6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-===== General Properties =====
+**General Properties**
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacturer
Date: May 2007
@@ -34,16 +34,240 @@
Describes the main type of the supply.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Battery", "UPS", "Mains", "USB"
+ Valid values: "Battery", "UPS", "Mains", "USB", "Wireless"
-===== Battery Properties =====
+**Battery and USB properties**
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over
+ a fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval
+ in which they average readings to smooth out the reported
+ value.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period.
+ Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they
+ average readings to smooth out the reported value.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are
+ used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging
+ batteries and for USB IBUS current.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the
+ battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally
+ read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
+ is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
+ within the reported min/max range.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are
+ used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging
+ batteries and for USB IBUS current.
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would
+ normally be the internal temperature of the device itself
+ (e.g TJUNC temperature of an IC)
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
+ notify user-space of the event.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply
+ will notify user-space of the event.
+
+ This is normally used for the charging scenario where
+ user-space needs to know if the temperature has crossed an
+ upper threshold so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning
+ user that the temperature is critically high, and charging has
+ stopped).
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
+Date: July 2012
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ Battery:
+
+ Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
+ notify user-space of the event.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply
+ will notify user-space of the event.
+
+ This is normally used for the charging scenario where user-space
+ needs to know if the temperature has crossed a lower threshold
+ so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that
+ temperature level is high, and charging current has been
+ reduced accordingly to remedy the situation).
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
+ charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
+ charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the minimum allowed supply temperature for operation.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max,
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the
+ battery, during charging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min,
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the
+ battery, during discharging.
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now,
+Date: May 2007
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery:
+
+ Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the
+ battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ USB:
+
+ Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally
+ read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
+ is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
+ within the reported min/max range.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in microvolts
+
+**Battery Properties**
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity
Date: May 2007
Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
Description:
Fine grain representation of battery capacity.
+
Access: Read
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_max
@@ -58,6 +282,7 @@
low).
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_min
@@ -72,6 +297,23 @@
critically low).
Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_error_margin
+Date: April 2019
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Battery capacity measurement becomes unreliable without
+ recalibration. This values provides the maximum error
+ margin expected to exist by the fuel gauge in percent.
+ Values close to 0% will be returned after (re-)calibration
+ has happened. Over time the error margin will increase.
+ 100% means, that the capacity related values are basically
+ completely useless.
+
+ Access: Read
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_level
@@ -81,39 +323,11 @@
Coarse representation of battery capacity.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High",
"Full"
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over a
- fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in
- which they average readings to smooth out the reported value.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max
-Date: October 2010
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the battery.
- This value is not averaged/smoothed.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
-
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit
Date: Oct 2012
Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
@@ -122,6 +336,7 @@
throttling for thermal cooling or improving battery health.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit_max
@@ -131,6 +346,7 @@
Maximum legal value for the charge_control_limit property.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_start_threshold
@@ -151,6 +367,7 @@
stop.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_type
@@ -166,7 +383,9 @@
different algorithm.
Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard",
"Adaptive", "Custom"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_term_current
@@ -177,6 +396,7 @@
when the battery is considered full and charging should end.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/health
@@ -187,10 +407,13 @@
functionality.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead",
"Over voltage", "Unspecified failure", "Cold",
"Watchdog timer expire", "Safety timer expire",
- "Over current"
+ "Over current", "Calibration required", "Warm",
+ "Cool", "Hot"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/precharge_current
Date: June 2017
@@ -200,6 +423,7 @@
for a battery charge cycle.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/present
@@ -209,9 +433,13 @@
Reports whether a battery is present or not in the system.
Access: Read
+
Valid values:
+
+ == =======
0: Absent
1: Present
+ == =======
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/status
Date: May 2007
@@ -222,7 +450,9 @@
used to enable/disable charging to the battery.
Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging",
"Not charging", "Full"
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/technology
@@ -232,66 +462,11 @@
Describes the battery technology supported by the supply.
Access: Read
- Valid values: "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe",
"NiCd", "LiMn"
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
-Date: July 2012
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
- notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
- battery charging scenario where user-space needs to know the
- battery temperature has crossed an upper threshold so it can
- take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is
- critically high, and charging has stopped).
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
-Date: July 2012
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
- notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
- battery charging scenario where user-space needs to know the
- battery temperature has crossed a lower threshold so it can take
- appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is
- high, and charging current has been reduced accordingly to
- remedy the situation).
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
-Date: July 2014
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
- charging.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
-Date: July 2014
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for
- charging.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_avg,
Date: May 2007
@@ -302,72 +477,10 @@
which they average readings to smooth out the reported value.
Access: Read
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max,
-Date: January 2008
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the battery,
- during charging.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min,
-Date: January 2008
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the battery,
- during discharging.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now,
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the battery.
- This value is not averaged/smoothed.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-===== USB Properties =====
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period.
- Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they
- average readings to smooth out the reported value.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
-
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max
-Date: October 2010
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally
- read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
- is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
- within the reported min/max range.
-
- Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: Represented in microamps
+**USB Properties**
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_current_limit
Date: July 2014
@@ -381,6 +494,7 @@
solved using power limit use input_current_limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microamps
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_voltage_limit
@@ -398,6 +512,7 @@
solved using power limit use input_voltage_limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microvolts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_power_limit
@@ -411,6 +526,7 @@
limit only for problems that can be solved using power limit.
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values: Represented in microwatts
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/online,
@@ -423,69 +539,14 @@
USB supply so voltage and current can be controlled).
Access: Read, Write
+
Valid values:
+
+ == ==================================================
0: Offline
1: Online Fixed - Fixed Voltage Supply
2: Online Programmable - Programmable Voltage Supply
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would
- normally be the internal temperature of the device itself (e.g
- TJUNC temperature of an IC)
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max
-Date: July 2012
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
- notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
- charging scenario where user-space needs to know the supply
- temperature has crossed an upper threshold so it can take
- appropriate action (e.g. warning user that the supply
- temperature is critically high, and charging has stopped to
- remedy the situation).
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min
-Date: July 2012
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply will
- notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the
- charging scenario where user-space needs to know the supply
- temperature has crossed a lower threshold so it can take
- appropriate action (e.g. warning user that the supply
- temperature is high, and charging current has been reduced
- accordingly to remedy the situation).
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max
-Date: July 2014
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min
-Date: July 2014
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the mainimum allowed supply temperature for operation.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius
+ == ==================================================
What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/usb_type
Date: March 2018
@@ -496,40 +557,12 @@
is attached.
Access: Read-Only
- Valid values: "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD",
+
+ Valid values:
+ "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD",
"PD_DRP", "PD_PPS", "BrickID"
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max
-Date: January 2008
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min
-Date: January 2008
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support.
-
- Access: Read
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now
-Date: May 2007
-Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
- Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally
- read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply
- is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set
- within the reported min/max range.
-
- Access: Read, Write
- Valid values: Represented in microvolts
-
-===== Device Specific Properties =====
+**Device Specific Properties**
What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now
Date: May 2010
@@ -563,6 +596,7 @@
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 5, 6 or 7 (hours),
- 0: disabled.
@@ -577,6 +611,7 @@
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down)
- 0: disabled.
@@ -591,6 +626,7 @@
interrupt and start top-off charging mode.
Valid values:
+
- 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down)
- 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down)
- 0: disabled.
@@ -606,6 +642,7 @@
will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt.
Valid values:
+
- 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down)
What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage
@@ -619,6 +656,7 @@
device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000,
10500000 (all uV)
@@ -634,6 +672,7 @@
lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000,
4760000 (all uV)
@@ -648,6 +687,7 @@
the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 1: enabled
- 0: disabled
@@ -663,5 +703,36 @@
from the system. See device datasheet for details.
Valid values:
+
- 1: enabled
- 0: disabled
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_year
+Date: January 2020
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the year (following Gregorian calendar) when the device has been
+ manufactured.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: Reported as integer
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_month
+Date: January 2020
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the month when the device has been manufactured.
+
+ Access: Read
+
+ Valid values: 1-12
+
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_day
+Date: January 2020
+Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Reports the day of month when the device has been manufactured.
+
+ Access: Read
+ Valid values: 1-31
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..914d67c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What: /sys/class/power_supply/mp2629_battery/batt_impedance_compen
+Date: April 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Description:
+ Represents a battery impedance compensation to accelerate charging.
+
+ Access: Read, Write
+
+ Valid values: Represented in milli-ohms. Valid range is [0, 140].
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
index b4fd32d..b52f702 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030
@@ -4,18 +4,20 @@
Writing to this can disable charging.
Possible values are:
- "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected
- power source and battery status.
- "off" - do not draw any power.
- "continuous"
- - activate mode described as "linear" in
- TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
- current is available and doesn't switch off
- when voltage drops.
- This is useful for unstable power sources
- such as bicycle dynamo, but care should
- be taken that battery is not over-charged.
+ ============= ===========================================
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
+ "continuous" activate mode described as "linear" in
+ TWL data sheets. This uses whatever
+ current is available and doesn't switch off
+ when voltage drops.
+
+ This is useful for unstable power sources
+ such as bicycle dynamo, but care should
+ be taken that battery is not over-charged.
+ ============= ===========================================
What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/mode
Description:
@@ -23,6 +25,9 @@
Writing to this can disable charging.
Possible values are:
- "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected
- power source and battery status.
- "off" - do not draw any power.
+
+ ====== ===========================================
+ "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected
+ power source and battery status.
+ "off" do not draw any power.
+ ====== ===========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
index da1d6ff..82af180 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco
@@ -4,16 +4,26 @@
Description:
What charging algorithm to use:
- Standard: Fully charges battery at a standard rate.
- Adaptive: Battery settings adaptively optimized based on
+ Standard:
+ Fully charges battery at a standard rate.
+ Adaptive:
+ Battery settings adaptively optimized based on
typical battery usage pattern.
- Fast: Battery charges over a shorter period.
- Trickle: Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who
+ Fast:
+ Battery charges over a shorter period.
+ Trickle:
+ Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who
primarily use their Chromebook while connected to AC.
- Custom: A low and high threshold percentage is specified.
+ Custom:
+ A low and high threshold percentage is specified.
Charging begins when level drops below
charge_control_start_threshold, and ceases when
level is above charge_control_end_threshold.
+ Long Life:
+ Customized charge rate for last longer battery life.
+ On Wilco device this mode is pre-configured in the factory
+ through EC's private PID. Swiching to a different mode will
+ be denied by Wilco EC when Long Life mode is enabled.
What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_control_start_threshold
Date: April 2019
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
index 8716bee..19aefb2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
The /sys/class/rapidio_port subdirectory contains individual
subdirectories named as "rapidioN" where N = mport ID registered
with RapidIO subsystem.
+
NOTE: An mport ID is not a RapidIO destination ID assigned to a
given local mport device.
@@ -16,7 +17,9 @@
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
Description:
(RO) reports RapidIO common transport system size:
+
0 = small (8-bit destination ID, max. 256 devices),
+
1 = large (16-bit destination ID, max. 65536 devices).
What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/port_destid
@@ -25,31 +28,32 @@
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
Description:
- (RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given
- RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means
- that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport
- (yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed
- only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID
- assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter.
+
+(RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given
+RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means
+that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport
+(yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed
+only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID
+assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter.
After enumeration or discovery was performed for a given mport device,
the corresponding subdirectory will also contain subdirectories for each
child RapidIO device connected to the mport.
The example below shows mport device subdirectory with several child RapidIO
-devices attached to it.
+devices attached to it::
-[rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l
-total 0
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003
-drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005
-lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid
-drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power
-lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size
--rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent
+ [rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l
+ total 0
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005
+ lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power
+ lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
index 6c0d6c8..9c8ff79 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc
@@ -21,15 +21,22 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Reading this file returns a list of available protocols,
- something like:
+ something like::
+
"rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]"
+
Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets.
+
Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled
protocols.
+
Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled
protocols.
+
Writing "proto" will enable only "proto".
+
Writing "none" will disable all protocols.
+
Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
unknown protocol name is used.
@@ -39,11 +46,13 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode filter expected value.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the
expected value of the bits set in the filter mask.
If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask
@@ -56,9 +65,11 @@
of the scancode which should be compared against the expected
value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid
scancodes to be processed.
+
If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match
the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with
an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols
@@ -67,15 +78,22 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use
- for the wakeup filter, something like:
+ for the wakeup filter, something like::
+
"rc-5 nec nec-x rc-6-0 rc-6-6a-24 [rc-6-6a-32] rc-6-mce"
+
Note that protocol variants are listed, so "nec", "sony",
"rc-5", "rc-6" have their different bit length encodings
listed if available.
+
The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets.
+
Only one protocol can be selected at a time.
+
Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events.
+
Writing "none" will disable wakeup.
+
Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or
unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by
the hardware.
@@ -86,13 +104,17 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to
set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask
to trigger a system wake event.
+
If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
suspend to RAM or power off.
+
Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask
@@ -101,11 +123,15 @@
Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Description:
Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare.
+
Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set
the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the
expected value to trigger a system wake event.
+
If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then
scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g.
suspend to RAM or power off.
+
Otherwise the write will fail with an error.
+
This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
index bc578bc..8516f08 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- off
- on
- error
- fast
- normal
- idle
- standby
+ - off
+ - on
+ - error
+ - fast
+ - normal
+ - idle
+ - standby
"off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the
system.
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'voltage'
- 'current'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'voltage'
+ - 'current'
+ - 'unknown'
'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled
by software.
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@
The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
- 'fast'
- 'normal'
- 'idle'
- 'standby'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'fast'
+ - 'normal'
+ - 'idle'
+ - 'standby'
+ - 'unknown'
The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
@@ -360,9 +360,9 @@
This will be one of the following strings:
- 'enabled'
- 'disabled'
- 'unknown'
+ - 'enabled'
+ - 'disabled'
+ - 'unknown'
'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
index 36094fb..0c9ee55 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@
Reports the state of the remote processor, which will be one of:
- "offline"
- "suspended"
- "running"
- "crashed"
- "invalid"
+ - "offline"
+ - "suspended"
+ - "running"
+ - "crashed"
+ - "invalid"
"offline" means the remote processor is powered off.
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
Writing this file controls the state of the remote processor.
The following states can be written:
- "start"
- "stop"
+ - "start"
+ - "stop"
Writing "start" will attempt to start the processor running the
firmware indicated by, or written to,
@@ -58,3 +58,47 @@
Reports the name of the remote processor. This can be used by
userspace in exactly identifying a remote processor and ease
up the usage in modifying the 'firmware' or 'state' files.
+
+What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../coredump
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description: Remote processor coredump configuration
+
+ Reports the coredump configuration of the remote processor,
+ which will be one of:
+
+ "disabled"
+ "enabled"
+ "inline"
+
+ "disabled" means no dump will be collected.
+
+ "enabled" means when the remote processor's coredump is
+ collected it will be copied to a separate buffer and that
+ buffer is exposed to userspace.
+
+ "inline" means when the remote processor's coredump is
+ collected userspace will directly read from the remote
+ processor's device memory. Extra buffer will not be used to
+ copy the dump. Also recovery process will not proceed until
+ all data is read by usersapce.
+
+What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../recovery
+Date: July 2020
+Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
+Description: Remote processor recovery mechanism
+
+ Reports the recovery mechanism of the remote processor,
+ which will be one of:
+
+ "enabled"
+ "disabled"
+
+ "enabled" means, the remote processor will be automatically
+ recovered whenever it crashes. Moreover, if the remote
+ processor crashes while recovery is disabled, it will
+ be automatically recovered too as soon as recovery is enabled.
+
+ "disabled" means, a remote processor will remain in a crashed
+ state if it crashes. This is useful for debugging purposes;
+ without it, debugging a crash is substantially harder.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00c0286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-client
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Provide information about RNBD-client.
+ All sysfs files that are not read-only provide the usage information on read:
+
+ Example::
+
+ # cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device
+
+ > Usage: echo "sessname=<name of the rtrs session> path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>
+ > [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>] device_path=<full path on remote side>
+ > [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] > map_device
+ >
+ > addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4> | ip:<ipv6> | gid:<gid> ]
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Expected format is the following::
+
+ sessname=<name of the rtrs session>
+ path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> ...]
+ device_path=<full path on remote side>
+ [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>]
+
+ Where:
+
+ sessname:
+ accepts a string not bigger than 256 chars, which identifies
+ a given session on the client and on the server.
+ I.e. "clt_hostname-srv_hostname" could be a natural choice.
+
+ path:
+ describes a connection between the client and the server by
+ specifying destination and, when required, the source address.
+ The addresses are to be provided in the following format::
+
+ ip:<IPv6>
+ ip:<IPv4>
+ gid:<GID>
+
+ for example::
+
+ path=ip:10.0.0.66
+
+ The single addr is treated as the destination.
+ The connection will be established to this server from any client IP address.
+
+ ::
+
+ path=ip:10.0.0.66,ip:10.0.1.66
+
+ First addr is the source address and the second is the destination.
+
+ If multiple "path=" options are specified multiple connection
+ will be established and data will be sent according to
+ the selected multipath policy (see RTRS mp_policy sysfs entry description).
+
+ device_path:
+ Path to the block device on the server side. Path is specified
+ relative to the directory on server side configured in the
+ 'dev_search_path' module parameter of the rnbd_server.
+ The rnbd_server prepends the <device_path> received from client
+ with <dev_search_path> and tries to open the
+ <dev_search_path>/<device_path> block device. On success,
+ a /dev/rnbd<N> device file, a /sys/block/rnbd_client/rnbd<N>/
+ directory and an entry in /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices
+ will be created.
+
+ If 'dev_search_path' contains '%SESSNAME%', then each session can
+ have different devices namespace, e.g. server was configured with
+ the following parameter "dev_search_path=/run/rnbd-devs/%SESSNAME%",
+ client has this string "sessname=blya device_path=sda", then server
+ will try to open: /run/rnbd-devs/blya/sda.
+
+ access_mode:
+ the access_mode parameter specifies if the device is to be
+ mapped as "ro" read-only or "rw" read-write. The server allows
+ a device to be exported in rw mode only once. The "migration"
+ access mode has to be specified if a second mapping in read-write
+ mode is desired.
+
+ By default "rw" is used.
+
+ Exit Codes:
+
+ If the device is already mapped it will fail with EEXIST. If the input
+ has an invalid format it will return EINVAL. If the device path cannot
+ be found on the server, it will fail with ENOENT.
+
+ Finding device file after mapping
+ ---------------------------------
+
+ After mapping, the device file can be found by:
+ o The symlink /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>
+ points to /sys/block/<dev-name>. The last part of the symlink destination
+ is the same as the device name. By extracting the last part of the
+ path the path to the device /dev/<dev-name> can be build.
+
+ * /dev/block/$(cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>/dev)
+
+ How to find the <device_id> of the device is described on the next
+ section.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: For each device mapped on the client a new symbolic link is created as
+ /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>, which points
+ to the block device created by rnbd (/sys/block/rnbd<N>/).
+ The <device_id> of each device is created as follows:
+
+ - If the 'device_path' provided during mapping contains slashes ("/"),
+ they are replaced by exclamation mark ("!") and used as as the
+ <device_id>. Otherwise, the <device_id> will be the same as the
+ "device_path" provided.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba60a90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: provide information about RNBD-server.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When a client maps a device, a directory entry with the name of the
+ block device is created under /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/block_dev
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Is a symlink to the sysfs entry of the exported device.
+
+ Example:
+ block_dev -> ../../../../class/block/ram0
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: For each client a particular device is exported to, following directory will be
+ created:
+
+ /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/
+
+ When the device is unmapped by that client, the directory will be removed.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/read_only
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains '1' if device is mapped read-only, otherwise '0'.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/mapping_path
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains the relative device path provided by the user during mapping.
+
+What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/access_mode
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
index ec950c9..ee8ed64 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock.
Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value
by adding to it the value of this attribute.
+
The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of
30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock)
Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f7165a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When a user of RTRS API creates a new session, a directory entry with
+ the name of that session is created under /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/add_path
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RW, adds a new path (connection) to an existing session. Expected format is the
+ following::
+
+ <[source addr,]destination addr>
+ *addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4|ipv6> | gid:<gid> ]
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/max_reconnect_attempts
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Maximum number reconnect attempts the client should make before giving up
+ after connection breaks unexpectedly.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/mp_policy
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Multipath policy specifies which path should be selected on each IO:
+
+ round-robin (0):
+ select path in per CPU round-robin manner.
+
+ min-inflight (1):
+ select path with minimum inflights.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Each path belonging to a given session is listed here by its source and
+ destination address. When a new path is added to a session by writing to
+ the "add_path" entry, a directory <src@dst> is created.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/state
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains "connected" if the session is connected to the peer and fully
+ functional. Otherwise the file contains "disconnected"
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/reconnect
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Write "1" to the file in order to reconnect the path.
+ Operation is blocking and returns 0 if reconnect was successful.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/disconnect
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Write "1" to the file in order to disconnect the path.
+ Operation blocks until RTRS path is disconnected.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/remove_path
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Write "1" to the file in order to disconnected and remove the path
+ from the session. Operation blocks until the path is disconnected
+ and removed from the session.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the the name of HCA the connection established on.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the port number of active port traffic is going through.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/src_addr
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the source address of the path
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/dst_addr
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reset_all
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RW, Read will return usage help, write 0 will clear all the statistics.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/cpu_migration
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RTRS expects that each HCA IRQ is pinned to a separate CPU. If it's
+ not the case, the processing of an I/O response could be processed on a
+ different CPU than where it was originally submitted. This file shows
+ how many interrupts where generated on a non expected CPU.
+
+ "from:"
+ is the CPU on which the IRQ was expected, but not generated.
+ "to:"
+ is the CPU on which the IRQ was generated, but not expected.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reconnects
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains 2 unsigned int values, the first one records number of successful
+ reconnects in the path lifetime, the second one records number of failed
+ reconnects in the path lifetime.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/rdma
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations.
+ The output consists of 6 values::
+
+ <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> \
+ <write-total-size> <inflights> <failovered>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b6d5b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When a user of RTRS API creates a new session on a client side, a
+ directory entry with the name of that session is created in here.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When new path is created by writing to "add_path" entry on client side,
+ a directory entry named as <source address>@<destination address> is created
+ on server.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/disconnect
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: When "1" is written to the file, the RTRS session is being disconnected.
+ Operations is non-blocking and returns control immediately to the caller.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the the name of HCA the connection established on.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the port number of active port traffic is going through.
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/src_addr
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the source address of the path
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/dst_addr
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path
+
+What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/rdma
+Date: Feb 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.7
+Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com>
+Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations.
+ The output consists of 5 values:
+ <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> <write-total-size> <inflights>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
index bafc59f..7c98d8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host
@@ -56,8 +56,9 @@
management) on top, which makes it match the Windows IRST (Intel
Rapid Storage Technology) driver settings. This setting is also
close to min_power, except that:
+
a) It does not use host-initiated slumber mode, but it does
- allow device-initiated slumber
+ allow device-initiated slumber
b) It does not enable low power device sleep mode (DevSlp).
What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message
@@ -70,8 +71,8 @@
protocol, writes and reads correspond to the LED message format
as defined in the AHCI spec.
- The user must turn sw_activity (under /sys/block/*/device/) OFF
- it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message
+ The user must turn sw_activity (under `/sys/block/*/device/`)
+ OFF it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message
file.
em_message_type: (RO) Displays the current enclosure management
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
index b834671..b7794e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec
@@ -40,10 +40,13 @@
attribute will not return until the operation has finished.
Valid values:
- - source (The port will behave as source only DFP port)
- - sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port)
- - dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and
+
+ ====== ==============================================
+ source (The port will behave as source only DFP port)
+ sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port)
+ dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and
dual-role-power port)
+ ====== ==============================================
What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/vconn_source
Date: April 2017
@@ -59,6 +62,7 @@
generates uevent KOBJ_CHANGE.
Valid values:
+
- "no" when the port is not the VCONN Source
- "yes" when the port is the VCONN Source
@@ -72,6 +76,7 @@
power operation mode should show "usb_power_delivery".
Valid values:
+
- default
- 1.5A
- 3.0A
@@ -191,6 +196,7 @@
Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
Description:
Shows type of the plug on the cable:
+
- type-a - Standard A
- type-b - Standard B
- type-c
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
index a057875..6c5dcad 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
@@ -66,11 +66,14 @@
<channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of:
- 0 - scan
- 1 - scan outside BP
- 2 - scan while inactive
- 3 - scanning disabled
- 4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+
+ == =======================================
+ 0 scan
+ 1 scan outside BP
+ 2 scan while inactive
+ 3 scanning disabled
+ 4 scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+ == =======================================
What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
Date: July 2008
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
index 9860a8b..585caec 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
@@ -91,10 +91,13 @@
h/w strapping (for WDT2 only).
At alternate flash the 'access_cs0' sysfs node provides:
- ast2400: a way to get access to the primary SPI flash
+
+ ast2400:
+ a way to get access to the primary SPI flash
chip at CS0 after booting from the alternate
chip at CS1.
- ast2500: a way to restore the normal address mapping
+ ast2500:
+ a way to restore the normal address mapping
from (CS0->CS1, CS1->CS0) to (CS0->CS0,
CS1->CS1).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
index a9f2b8b..d173906 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -9,9 +9,10 @@
the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the
corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
- Example:
- $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
- ../../block/sdc
+ Example::
+
+ $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+ ../../block/sdc
Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f06d74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer>
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer> are symlinks to device
+ links where this device is the supplier. <consumer> denotes the
+ name of the consumer in that device link. There can be zero or
+ more of these symlinks for a given device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d202ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+What: /sys/devices/uncore_iio_x/dieX
+Date: February 2020
+Contact: Roman Sudarikov <roman.sudarikov@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ Each IIO stack (PCIe root port) has its own IIO PMON block, so
+ each dieX file (where X is die number) holds "Segment:Root Bus"
+ for PCIe root port, which can be monitored by that IIO PMON
+ block.
+ For example, on 4-die Xeon platform with up to 6 IIO stacks per
+ die and, therefore, 6 IIO PMON blocks per die, the mapping of
+ IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following::
+
+ $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2
+ -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3
+
+ $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die*
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <==
+ 0000:00
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <==
+ 0000:40
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <==
+ 0000:80
+ ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <==
+ 0000:c0
+
+ Which means::
+
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000
+ IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
index deef3b5..2da2b1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -47,16 +47,19 @@
online/offline state of the memory section. When written,
root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
memory section (see removable file description above)
- using the following commands.
- # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
- # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ using the following commands::
+
+ # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
contains a value of 1 and
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
string "online" the following command can be executed by
- by root to offline that section.
- # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+ by root to offline that section::
+
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
@@ -78,6 +81,7 @@
For example, the following symbolic link is created for
memory section 9 on node0:
+
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
@@ -90,4 +94,5 @@
points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
+
/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
index 7e43cdc..f7b360a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
(RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by
the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2):
+ ======= ======================================================
BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set
BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set
BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set
@@ -16,6 +17,7 @@
BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set
BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set
BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set
+ ======= ======================================================
The other bits are reserved.
@@ -62,9 +64,11 @@
timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2,
Section 9.18.5):
+ ======= ======================================================
Bit(0): The timer has expired if set.
Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state
(S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set.
+ ======= ======================================================
The other bits are reserved.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
index d548eaa..40f29a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
@@ -3,8 +3,9 @@
Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com>
Description:
Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget.
- 1 -> suspended
- 0 -> resumed
+
+ - 1 -> suspended
+ - 0 -> resumed
(_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver)
@@ -17,5 +18,6 @@
Storage mode.
Possible values are:
- 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
- 0 -> obey the FUA flag
+
+ - 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
+ - 0 -> obey the FUA flag
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
index 8aa3671..378c426 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3
@@ -9,8 +9,10 @@
The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads,
writes or both.
The result is:
- 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
- 1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+
+ - 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked
+ - 1 -> the DPS is keylocked
+
Users: None identified so far.
What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key
@@ -27,8 +29,12 @@
Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed
through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked.
Possible values are:
+
- 8 bytes
+
Typical values are:
+
- "00000000"
- "12345678"
+
Users: None identified so far.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
index afb5db8..07df0dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
@@ -123,38 +123,40 @@
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Description:
- idles: (RO) Number of times the interface was
+ ====================== ========================================
+ idles (RO) Number of times the interface was
idle while being polled.
- watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
+ watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
- complete_transactions: (RO) Number of completed messages.
+ complete_transactions (RO) Number of completed messages.
- events: (RO) Number of IPMI events received from
+ events (RO) Number of IPMI events received from
the hardware.
- interrupts: (RO) Number of interrupts the driver
+ interrupts (RO) Number of interrupts the driver
handled.
- hosed_count: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
+ hosed_count (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
follow the state machine.
- long_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ long_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver
requested a timer while nothing was in
progress.
- flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ flag_fetches (RO) Number of times the driver
requested flags from the hardware.
- attentions: (RO) Number of time the driver got an
+ attentions (RO) Number of time the driver got an
ATTN from the hardware.
- incoming_messages: (RO) Number of asynchronous messages
+ incoming_messages (RO) Number of asynchronous messages
received.
- short_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver
+ short_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver
requested a timer while an operation was
in progress.
+ ====================== ========================================
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled
@@ -201,38 +203,40 @@
KernelVersion: v4.15
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Description:
- hosed: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
+ ====================== ========================================
+ hosed (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
follow the state machine.
- alerts: (RO) Number of alerts received.
+ alerts (RO) Number of alerts received.
- sent_messages: (RO) Number of total messages sent.
+ sent_messages (RO) Number of total messages sent.
- sent_message_parts: (RO) Number of message parts sent.
+ sent_message_parts (RO) Number of message parts sent.
Messages may be broken into parts if
they are long.
- received_messages: (RO) Number of message responses
+ received_messages (RO) Number of message responses
received.
- received_message_parts: (RO) Number of message fragments
+ received_message_parts (RO) Number of message fragments
received.
- events: (RO) Number of received events.
+ events (RO) Number of received events.
- watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
+ watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
- flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was
+ flag_fetches (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was
requested.
- send_retries: (RO) Number of time a message was
+ send_retries (RO) Number of time a message was
retried.
- receive_retries: (RO) Number of times the receive of a
+ receive_retries (RO) Number of times the receive of a
message was retried.
- send_errors: (RO) Number of times the send of a
+ send_errors (RO) Number of times the send of a
message failed.
- receive_errors: (RO) Number of errors in receiving
+ receive_errors (RO) Number of errors in receiving
messages.
+ ====================== ========================================
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
index 2107082..e45ac2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
to overlay planes.
Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values
- are
+ are:
- 0 - Alpha Blending
- 1 - ROP3
+ - 0 - Alpha Blending
+ - 1 - ROP3
What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position
Date: May 2012
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
to overlay planes.
Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The
- position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'.
+ position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+`.
What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3
Date: May 2012
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu
index ae9af98..ee253b0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu
@@ -102,6 +102,8 @@
b[15:0]
inform firmware the current software execution
stage.
+
+ == ===========================================
0 the first stage bootloader didn't run or
didn't reach the point of launching second
stage bootloader.
@@ -111,18 +113,62 @@
2 both first and second stage bootloader ran
and the operating system launch was
attempted.
+ == ===========================================
b[16]
+ == ===========================================
1 firmware to reset current image retry
counter.
0 no action.
+ == ===========================================
b[17]
+ == ===========================================
1 firmware to clear RSU log
0 no action.
+ == ===========================================
b[18]
this is negative logic
+
+ == ===========================================
1 no action
0 firmware record the notify code defined
in b[15:0].
+ == ===========================================
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf0
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Decision firmware copy 0 version information.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf1
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Decision firmware copy 1 version information.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf2
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Decision firmware copy 2 version information.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf3
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) Decision firmware copy 3 version information.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/max_retry
+Date: June 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.8
+Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+ (RO) max retry parameter is stored in the firmware
+ decision IO section, as a byte located at offset 0x18c.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
index ba3a3fa..ea999e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc
@@ -26,6 +26,30 @@
Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name
(e.g. DB8500).
+ On many of ARM based silicon with SMCCC v1.2+ compliant firmware
+ this will contain the JEDEC JEP106 manufacturer’s identification
+ code. The format is "jep106:XXYY" where XX is identity code and
+ YY is continuation code.
+
+ This manufacturer’s identification code is defined by one
+ or more eight (8) bit fields, each consisting of seven (7)
+ data bits plus one (1) odd parity bit. It is a single field,
+ limiting the possible number of vendors to 126. To expand
+ the maximum number of identification codes, a continuation
+ scheme has been defined.
+
+ The specified mechanism is that an identity code of 0x7F
+ represents the "continuation code" and implies the presence
+ of an additional identity code field, and this mechanism
+ may be extended to multiple continuation codes followed
+ by the manufacturer's identity code.
+
+ For example, ARM has identity code 0x7F 0x7F 0x7F 0x7F 0x3B,
+ which is code 0x3B on the fifth 'page'. This is shortened
+ as JEP106 identity code of 0x3B and a continuation code of
+ 0x4 to represent the four continuation codes preceding the
+ identity code.
+
What: /sys/devices/socX/serial_number
Date: January 2019
contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
@@ -40,6 +64,12 @@
Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of
ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number.
+ On many of ARM based silicon with SMCCC v1.2+ compliant firmware
+ this will contain the SOC ID appended to the family attribute
+ to ensure there is no conflict in this namespace across various
+ vendors. The format is "jep106:XXYY:ZZZZ" where XX is identity
+ code, YY is continuation code and ZZZZ is the SOC ID.
+
What: /sys/devices/socX/revision
Date: January 2012
contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c922d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../state_synced
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../state_synced attribute is only present for
+ devices whose bus types or driver provides the .sync_state()
+ callback. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value
+ of the device's 'state_synced' field. A value of 0 means the
+ .sync_state() callback hasn't been called yet. A value of 1
+ means the .sync_state() callback has been called.
+
+ Generally, if a device has sync_state() support and has some of
+ the resources it provides enabled at the time the kernel starts
+ (Eg: enabled by hardware reset or bootloader or anything that
+ run before the kernel starts), then it'll keep those resources
+ enabled and in a state that's compatible with the state they
+ were in at the start of the kernel. The device will stop doing
+ this only when the sync_state() callback has been called --
+ which happens only when all its consumer devices are registered
+ and have probed successfully. Resources that were left disabled
+ at the time the kernel starts are not affected or limited in
+ any way by sync_state() callbacks.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a919e0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier>
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier> are symlinks to device
+ links where this device is the consumer. <supplier> denotes the
+ name of the supplier in that device link. There can be zero or
+ more of these symlinks for a given device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 2e0e3b4..1a04ca8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -106,10 +106,10 @@
See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information.
-What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver
- /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro
- /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/available_governors
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/available_governors
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver
/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governor
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro
Date: September 2007
Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism
@@ -119,24 +119,18 @@
consumption during idle.
Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism
- (driver)
-
- current_driver: (RO) displays current idle mechanism
-
- current_governor_ro: (RO) displays current idle policy
-
- With the cpuidle_sysfs_switch boot option enabled (meant for
- developer testing), the following three attributes are visible
- instead:
-
- current_driver: same as described above
+ (driver).
available_governors: (RO) displays a space separated list of
- available governors
+ available governors.
+
+ current_driver: (RO) displays current idle mechanism.
current_governor: (RW) displays current idle policy. Users can
switch the governor at runtime by writing to this file.
+ current_governor_ro: (RO) displays current idle policy.
+
See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst and
Documentation/driver-api/pm/cpuidle.rst for more information.
@@ -157,23 +151,28 @@
The processor idle states which are available for use have the
following attributes:
- name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string).
+ ======== ==== =================================================
+ name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string).
latency: (RO) The latency to exit out of this idle state (in
- microseconds).
+ microseconds).
- power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in
- milliwatts).
+ power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in
+ milliwatts).
- time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds).
+ time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state
+ (in microseconds).
- usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count).
+ usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count).
- above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
- observed CPU idle duration was too short for it (a count).
+ above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ observed CPU idle duration was too short for it
+ (a count).
- below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
- observed CPU idle duration was too long for it (a count).
+ below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+ observed CPU idle duration was too long for it
+ (a count).
+ ======== ==== =================================================
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/desc
Date: February 2008
@@ -296,6 +295,7 @@
This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system.
Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency
beyound it's nominal limit.
+
More details can be found in
Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
@@ -343,43 +343,57 @@
Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes
allocation_policy:
- - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
- on a cache miss because of a write
- - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ - WriteAllocate:
+ allocate a memory location to a cache line
+ on a cache miss because of a write
+ - ReadAllocate:
+ allocate a memory location to a cache line
on a cache miss because of a read
- - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate
+ - ReadWriteAllocate:
+ both writeallocate and readallocate
- attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
+ attributes:
+ LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy
- coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
+ coherency_line_size:
+ the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets
transferred from memory to cache
- level: the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration
+ level:
+ the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration
- number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
+ number_of_sets:
+ total number of sets in the cache, a set is a
collection of cache lines with the same cache index
- physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag
+ physical_line_partition:
+ number of physical cache line per cache tag
- shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
+ shared_cpu_list:
+ the list of logical cpus sharing the cache
- shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
+ shared_cpu_map:
+ logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing
the cache
- size: the total cache size in kB
+ size:
+ the total cache size in kB
type:
- Instruction: cache that only holds instructions
- Data: cache that only caches data
- Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions
- ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block
- of memory in the cache
+ ways_of_associativity:
+ degree of freedom in placing a particular block
+ of memory in the cache
write_policy:
- - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line
+ - WriteThrough:
+ data is written to both the cache line
and to the block in the lower-level memory
- - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and
+ - WriteBack:
+ data is written only to the cache line and
the modified cache line is written to main
memory only when it is replaced
@@ -420,30 +434,30 @@
throttle attributes exported in the 'throttle_stats' directory:
- turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above
- nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
+ frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above
+ nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
- sub_turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below
- nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
+ max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below
+ nominal frequency) range of frequencies.
- unthrottle : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is unthrottled after being throttled.
+ frequency is unthrottled after being throttled.
- powercap : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'.
- overtemp : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'.
- supply_fault : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'.
+ max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'.
- overcurrent : This file gives the total number of times the
- max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'.
+ max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'.
- occ_reset : This file gives the total number of times the max
- frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'.
+ frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'.
The sysfs attributes representing different throttle reasons like
powercap, overtemp, supply_fault, overcurrent and occ_reset map to
@@ -475,8 +489,9 @@
Date: June 2016
Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org>
Description: AArch64 CPU registers
+
'identification' directory exposes the CPU ID registers for
- identifying model and revision of the CPU.
+ identifying model and revision of the CPU.
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpu_capacity
Date: December 2016
@@ -492,6 +507,7 @@
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/srbds
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit
Date: January 2018
@@ -502,9 +518,11 @@
vulnerabilities. The output of those files reflects the
state of the CPUs in the system. Possible output values:
+ ================ ==============================================
"Not affected" CPU is not affected by the vulnerability
"Vulnerable" CPU is affected and no mitigation in effect
"Mitigation: $M" CPU is affected and mitigation $M is in effect
+ ================ ==============================================
See also: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
@@ -520,12 +538,14 @@
control: Read/write interface to control SMT. Possible
values:
+ ================ =========================================
"on" SMT is enabled
"off" SMT is disabled
"forceoff" SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed.
"notsupported" SMT is not supported by the CPU
"notimplemented" SMT runtime toggling is not
implemented for the architecture
+ ================ =========================================
If control status is "forceoff" or "notsupported" writes
are rejected.
@@ -580,3 +600,42 @@
If 1, it means the system is using the Protected Execution
Facility in POWER9 and newer processors. i.e., it is a Secure
Virtual Machine.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr
+Date: Apr 2005
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: PURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot.
+
+ The Processor Utilization Resources Register (PURR) is
+ a 64-bit counter which provides an estimate of the
+ resources used by the CPU thread. The contents of this
+ register increases monotonically. This sysfs interface
+ exposes the number of PURR ticks for cpuX.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/spurr
+Date: Dec 2006
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: SPURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot.
+
+ The Scaled Processor Utilization Resources Register
+ (SPURR) is a 64-bit counter that provides a frequency
+ invariant estimate of the resources used by the CPU
+ thread. The contents of this register increases
+ monotonically. This sysfs interface exposes the number
+ of SPURR ticks for cpuX.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/idle_purr
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: PURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle.
+
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of PURR ticks
+ for cpuX when it was idle.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/idle_spurr
+Date: Apr 2020
+Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org>
+Description: SPURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle.
+
+ This sysfs interface exposes the number of SPURR ticks
+ for cpuX when it was idle.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
index 470def0..1a8ee26 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
@@ -5,8 +5,10 @@
Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and
out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the
ability to query the current state.
- 0 => PRTM off
- 1 => PRTM enabled
+
+ - 0 => PRTM off
+ - 1 => PRTM enabled
+
Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59d073d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../waiting_for_supplier
+Date: May 2020
+Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../waiting_for_supplier attribute is only
+ present when fw_devlink kernel command line option is enabled
+ and is set to something stricter than "permissive". It is
+ removed once a device probes successfully (because the
+ information is no longer relevant). The number read from it (0
+ or 1) reflects whether the device is waiting for one or more
+ suppliers to be added and then linked to using device links
+ before the device can probe.
+
+ A value of 0 means the device is not waiting for any suppliers
+ to be added before it can probe. A value of 1 means the device
+ is waiting for one or more suppliers to be added before it can
+ probe.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
index 4d63a79..42214b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator
@@ -6,11 +6,13 @@
if DDR power rails will be kept powered during system suspend.
("on"/"1" = enabled, "off"/"0" = disabled).
Two types of power switches (or control signals) can be used:
+
A. With a momentary power switch (or pulse signal), DDR
Backup Mode is enabled by default when available, as the
PMIC will be configured only during system suspend.
B. With a toggle power switch (or level signal), the
following steps must be followed exactly:
+
1. Configure PMIC for backup mode, to change the role of
the accessory power switch from a power switch to a
wake-up switch,
@@ -20,8 +22,10 @@
3. Suspend system,
4. Switch accessory power switch on, to resume the
system.
+
DDR Backup Mode must be explicitly enabled by the user,
to invoke step 1.
+
See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt.
Users: User space applications for embedded boards equipped with a
BD9571MWV PMIC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
index 64ac6d5..69d855dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe
@@ -29,8 +29,12 @@
Date: May 2014
Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream.
+
+ ::
+
sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \
/sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream'
+
If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set
on 'next_bitstream'.
@@ -64,8 +68,11 @@
What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs
Date: Oct 2013
Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com
-Description: Enable VFs (1..15):
+Description: Enable VFs (1..15)::
+
sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \
/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs'
- Disable VFs:
+
+ Disable VFs::
+
Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs
index 782df74..169ae4b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -2,13 +2,34 @@
Date: Jan 2019
KernelVersion: 5.1
Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
-Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU
+Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU.
+ Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be
+ replaced with cpucp_kernel_ver
What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_ver
Date: Jan 2019
KernelVersion: 5.1
Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU
+ Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be
+ replaced with cpucp_ver
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_max_freq_mhz
+Date: Jun 2019
+KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz.
+ The device clock might be set to lower value than the maximum.
+ The user should read the clk_cur_freq_mhz to see the actual
+ frequency value of the device clock. This property is valid
+ only for the Gaudi ASIC family
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_cur_freq_mhz
+Date: Jun 2019
+KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Displays the current frequency, in MHz, of the device clock.
+ This property is valid only for the Gaudi ASIC family
What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpld_ver
Date: Jan 2019
@@ -16,6 +37,18 @@
Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
Description: Version of the Device's CPLD F/W
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_kernel_ver
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU
+
+What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_ver
+Date: Oct 2020
+KernelVersion: 5.10
+Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU
+
What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_type
Date: Jan 2019
KernelVersion: 5.1
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
index 53a0725..aee85ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
@@ -3,14 +3,18 @@
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be
is being controlled by press_speed.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select
@@ -25,7 +29,9 @@
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate
a left or right mouse button click.
+
Values are 0 or 1.
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity
@@ -39,12 +45,16 @@
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled.
+
Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest).
+
Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock
Date: July 2014
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1)
+
Values are 0 or 1
+
Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
index 305dffd..de07be3 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
@@ -12,7 +12,9 @@
Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net>
Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each
mode is listed as follows:
+
Tag: Mode Name
+
Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also
contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the
native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the
@@ -24,24 +26,30 @@
This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
Currently supported mode switches:
- Driving Force Pro:
+
+ Driving Force Pro::
+
DF-EX --> DFP
- G25:
+ G25::
+
DF-EX --> DFP --> G25
- G27:
+ G27::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27
DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27
DF-EX <*----------------> G27
- G29:
+ G29::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*----------------> G27 <-> G29
DF-EX <*------------------------> G29
- DFGT:
+ DFGT::
+
DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT
DF-EX <*--------> DFGT
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
index e574a56..0e323a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
@@ -29,12 +29,13 @@
Description:
Threholds to override activation slack.
- activation_width: (RW) Width threshold to immediately
+ ================= =====================================
+ activation_width (RW) Width threshold to immediately
start processing touch events.
- activation_height: (RW) Height threshold to immediately
+ activation_height (RW) Height threshold to immediately
start processing touch events.
-
+ ================= =====================================
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height
@@ -44,11 +45,13 @@
Description:
Minimum size contact accepted.
- min_width: (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide
+ ========== ===========================================
+ min_width (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide
activation and activity.
- min_height: (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide
+ min_height (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide
activation and activity.
+ ========== ===========================================
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
index 8f7982c..11cd9bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -3,17 +3,21 @@
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
press of a button.
+
When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi
setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
processed to receive the real dpi value:
+ ===== =====
VALUE DPI
+ ===== =====
1 800
2 1200
3 1600
4 2000
5 2400
6 3200
+ ===== =====
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -22,6 +26,7 @@
Date: March 2010
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
+
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -33,6 +38,7 @@
further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+
This file is readonly.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -43,10 +49,13 @@
press of a button. A profile holds information like button
mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
effects.
+
When read, these files return the respective profile. The
returned data is 975 bytes in size.
+
When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long.
+
The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
store.
@@ -58,6 +67,7 @@
Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the
startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data.
+
When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
data.
@@ -67,8 +77,10 @@
Date: March 2010
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
+
When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+
When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
@@ -80,9 +92,12 @@
calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface.
When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU,
where 0 means off and 1 means on.
+
Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
+
Writing 1 i